Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Optimization

1,800 missions · 1,024 completed

Missions

Open776Completed1024All1800
Convex OptimizationNumerical Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

First-Order Optimization Algorithms via Inertial Systems with Hessian Driven Damping III: The Inertial Gradient Algorithm (IGAHD) Satisfies f(x_k) − min f = O(1/k²) and Σ k²‖∇f(x_k)‖² < ∞Research Paper

Motivation

Accelerated gradient methods use information from earlier iterates to reduce the objective gap of a smooth convex optimization problem faster than ordinary gradient descent. Their behavior depends on the precise momentum rule. Attouch, Chbani, Fadili, and Riahi study a discrete rule with an additional difference of consecutive gradients, motivated by an inertial differential equation with Hessian driven damping. This mission concerns their inertial gradient algorithm with Hessian damping, called IGAHD, and the rates proved for it in Theorem 6 of the source paper. The result matters when one wants a rate for objective values together with control of the gradients seen during the run.

The paper appeared as a 2020 preprint and subsequently in Mathematical Programming. The mission follows the pinned arXiv version, whose theorem and equation numbers supply all citations here. The proximal and strongly convex algorithms elsewhere in the paper have separate missions; their dynamics and rate statements differ from IGAHD.

Setting

Let HHH be a real Hilbert space and let f:H→Rf:H\to\mathbb Rf:H→R be convex and differentiable. Assume that its gradient ∇f\nabla f∇f is LLL-Lipschitz: ∥∇f(u)−∇f(v)∥≤L∥u−v∥\|\nabla f(u)-\nabla f(v)\|\le L\|u-v\|∥∇f(u)−∇f(v)∥≤L∥u−v∥ for every u,v∈Hu,v\in Hu,v∈H, where L>0L>0L>0. Choose a minimizer x∗x^*x∗, so f(x∗)=min⁡Hff(x^*)=\min_H ff(x∗)=minH​f. The positive step size sss satisfies s≤1/Ls\le1/Ls≤1/L. The momentum parameter α\alphaα is at least 333, and the damping parameter β\betaβ lies in [0,2s)[0,2\sqrt{s})[0,2s​).

Given x0,x1∈Hx_0,x_1\in Hx0​,x1​∈H, the algorithm takes the following two steps for every integer k≥1k\ge1k≥1:

yk=xk+(1−αk)(xk−xk−1)−βs(∇f(xk)−∇f(xk−1))−βsk∇f(xk−1),xk+1=yk−s∇f(yk).\begin{aligned} y_k={}&x_k+\left(1-\frac{\alpha}{k}\right)(x_k-x_{k-1}) -\beta\sqrt{s}\bigl(\nabla f(x_k)-\nabla f(x_{k-1})\bigr) -\frac{\beta\sqrt{s}}{k}\nabla f(x_{k-1}),\\ x_{k+1}={}&y_k-s\nabla f(y_k). \end{aligned}yk​=xk+1​=​xk​+(1−kα​)(xk​−xk−1​)−βs​(∇f(xk​)−∇f(xk−1​))−kβs​​∇f(xk−1​),yk​−s∇f(yk​).​

The paper sets tk+1=k/(α−1)t_{k+1}=k/(\alpha-1)tk+1​=k/(α−1) and vk=xk−1−x∗+tk(xk−xk−1+βs∇f(xk−1))v_k=x_{k-1}-x^*+t_k(x_k-x_{k-1}+\beta\sqrt{s}\nabla f(x_{k-1}))vk​=xk−1​−x∗+tk​(xk​−xk−1​+βs​∇f(xk−1​)). Its Lyapunov quantity is Ek=tk2(f(xk)−f(x∗))+(2s)−1∥vk∥2E_k=t_k^2(f(x_k)-f(x^*))+(2s)^{-1}\|v_k\|^2Ek​=tk2​(f(xk​)−f(x∗))+(2s)−1∥vk​∥2 for k≥1k\ge1k≥1. These expressions are fixed by the source formulas (14)–(15), p. 15, not chosen to simplify a later proof.

Formalization targets

The central target is the full rate statement of Theorem 6. In the range where the paper's monotonicity argument applies, EkE_kEk​ is eventually nonincreasing. For every IGAHD run,

f(xk)−min⁡Hf=O(k−2)(k→∞).f(x_k)-\min_H f=O(k^{-2})\quad(k\to\infty).f(xk​)−Hmin​f=O(k−2)(k→∞).

When β>0\beta>0β>0, the theorem also gives both weighted gradient summability claims:

∑k≥0k2∥∇f(yk)∥2<∞,∑k≥0k2∥∇f(xk)∥2<∞.\sum_{k\ge0} k^2\|\nabla f(y_k)\|^2<\infty, \qquad \sum_{k\ge0} k^2\|\nabla f(x_k)\|^2<\infty.k≥0∑​k2∥∇f(yk​)∥2<∞,k≥0∑​k2∥∇f(xk​)∥2<∞.

The milestone list follows claims the authors state while proving that target. It begins with the extended descent inequality (Lemma 1, (28)), records the identities for tkt_ktk​ and vkv_kvk​, and then captures the displayed energy and ε\varepsilonε inequalities. Remark 4 asks for the O(k−3)O(k^{-3})O(k−3) bound on the smallest squared gradient norm among the first kkk iterates; Remark 5 asks for the O(k−2)O(k^{-2})O(k−2) objective gap at yky_kyk​. Those are companion statements and are not substituted for the main theorem.

Significance

The rate bounds give three kinds of information about one trajectory. The objective gap controls the values attained at the iterates. The two summable series imply that the gradients at both the extrapolated points and the iterates become small in a weighted aggregate sense when damping is positive. The paper then uses this series estimate to derive the best-iterate estimate of Remark 4 and the extrapolated-value estimate of Remark 5, all on p. 18.

The result is proved in the cited paper; the open work here is its Lean proof and the supporting smooth convex analysis. The development makes the precise discrete algorithm, the Lyapunov quantity, and the descent inequality reusable as mathematical interfaces. A complete formal proof would also make explicit where the author's finite-index monotonicity wording needs correction.

Difficulty

The usual smooth descent estimate alone gives a decrease after one gradient step, but the extrapolated point yky_kyk​ also carries a momentum term and a gradient difference. Its objective value is therefore not the same quantity as f(xk)f(x_k)f(xk​), and a direct comparison of successive objective values does not give the claimed summability. The source uses a stronger descent inequality with a squared difference of gradients. The energy change then contains a quadratic expression in ∇f(yk)\nabla f(y_k)∇f(yk​) and ∇f(xk)\nabla f(x_k)∇f(xk​) whose sign depends on β<2s\beta<2\sqrt{s}β<2s​ and, at first, on how large kkk is. Establishing that sign uniformly over the relevant tail of the run is the central obstruction.

Formalization scope

The Lean space is a complete real inner product space. Convexity is ConvexOn ℝ Set.univ f; differentiability is explicit because the phrase “whose gradient is LLL-Lipschitz” presupposes a gradient. The existence of a minimizer is represented by a selected x∗x^*x∗ with f(x∗)≤f(z)f(x^*)\le f(z)f(x∗)≤f(z) for every zzz. Positive LLL and positive sss make s≤1/Ls\le1/Ls≤1/L meaningful. The algorithm is a predicate on sequences x,y:N→Hx,y:\mathbb N\to Hx,y:N→H, imposed from k=1k=1k=1 so no coefficient is divided by zero. The first two xxx terms are free, and y0y_0y0​ is unused. The OOO statements use the filter at infinity, so finite initial terms do not affect them; summability uses the ordinary series over natural indices.

The printed claim that (Ek)(E_k)(Ek​) is nonincreasing from its first term is false for the paper's own definitions. On H=RH=\mathbb RH=R with f(u)=u2/2f(u)=u^2/2f(u)=u2/2, L=s=1L=s=1L=s=1, α=3\alpha=3α=3, β=0\beta=0β=0, x0=0x_0=0x0​=0, and x1=1x_1=1x1​=1, one gets E1=0E_1=0E1​=0 and E2=1/8E_2=1/8E2​=1/8. The formal goal keeps eventual monotonicity, as supported by the proof on pp. 16–18. This correction is disclosed rather than treated as a new hypothesis. No energy decrease, gradient bound, or conclusion is assumed in the run predicate. The milestone definitions also specify BkB_kBk​ exactly as on p. 17. Contributions to the goal, to the extended descent lemma, or to the explicit energy estimates are all useful; the definition layer and smooth convex lemmas can serve later optimization formalizations.

Selected references

  • H. Attouch, Z. Chbani, J. Fadili, and H. Riahi, First-order optimization algorithms via inertial systems with Hessian driven damping, Mathematical Programming, 2020; arXiv:1907.10536v2, especially §3.2, pp. 15–18, and Appendix A.1, p. 34.
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationDynamical Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

First-Order Optimization Algorithms via Inertial Systems with Hessian Driven Damping IV: For µ-Strongly Convex f, (DIN)2√µ,β Trajectories Satisfy f(x(t)) − min f ≤ Ce^{−√µ(t−t₀)/2}Research Paper

Motivation

Accelerated first-order methods for convex minimization, such as Nesterov's method and Polyak's heavy ball method, are now routinely studied through their continuous-time limits: second-order differential equations whose trajectories descend toward a minimizer. In the time-continuous setting the convergence analysis is a Lyapunov argument, and a good Lyapunov function for the ODE usually suggests one for the algorithm obtained by discretizing it.

Attouch, Chbani, Fadili and Riahi (arXiv:1907.10536v2, Math. Program. 2020) study inertial dynamics with Hessian-driven damping: besides the viscous friction term γx˙\gamma\dot xγx˙, the equation contains a term β∇2f(x(t))x˙(t)\beta\nabla^2 f(x(t))\dot x(t)β∇2f(x(t))x˙(t), which equals βddt∇f(x(t))\beta\frac{d}{dt}\nabla f(x(t))βdtd​∇f(x(t)). This damping is known to reduce the oscillations of the heavy ball trajectory, and because it is a time derivative of the gradient, explicit and implicit time discretizations of it produce first-order algorithms with no Hessian evaluation. This mission covers the strongly convex continuous-time result of the paper, Theorem 7 (§4.1, pp. 19–21). For β=0\beta=0β=0 it reduces to the heavy ball equation with friction 2μ2\sqrt\mu2μ​, whose exponential rate is due to Siegel (arXiv:1903.05671, Theorem 2.2), as the paper's Remark 7 records. For β>0\beta>0β>0, Remark 7 points to a result on a related but different dynamical system by Wilson, Recht and Jordan (arXiv:1611.02635, Theorem 1), whose rate is slightly worse. The algorithms (IPAHD-SC) and (IGAHD-SC) of §5 of the paper are the discrete counterparts of this theorem.

Setting

Let H\mathcal HH be a real Hilbert space with inner product ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨⋅,⋅⟩ and norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥. Let f:H→Rf:\mathcal H\to\mathbb Rf:H→R be a convex function of class C2\mathcal C^2C2, with gradient ∇f\nabla f∇f and Hessian ∇2f\nabla^2 f∇2f. For μ>0\mu>0μ>0, fff is μ\muμ-strongly convex (Definition 1) if f−μ2∥⋅∥2f-\frac\mu2\|\cdot\|^2f−2μ​∥⋅∥2 is convex. Such an fff is assumed to have a minimizer x⋆x^\starx⋆, and min⁡Hf=f(x⋆)\min_{\mathcal H} f=f(x^\star)minH​f=f(x⋆).

Fix t0>0t_0>0t0​>0 and a real constant β\betaβ. A solution trajectory of

x¨(t)+2μ x˙(t)+β∇2f(x(t))x˙(t)+∇f(x(t))=0(19)\ddot x(t)+2\sqrt{\mu}\,\dot x(t)+\beta\nabla^2 f(x(t))\dot x(t)+\nabla f(x(t))=0 \tag{19}x¨(t)+2μ​x˙(t)+β∇2f(x(t))x˙(t)+∇f(x(t))=0(19)

is a twice differentiable map x:[t0,+∞[→Hx:[t_0,+\infty[\to\mathcal Hx:[t0​,+∞[→H satisfying the equation at every t≥t0t\ge t_0t≥t0​. This is the dynamic (DIN)γ,β(\mathrm{DIN})_{\gamma,\beta}(DIN)γ,β​ of the paper with the constant viscous damping γ=2μ\gamma=2\sqrt\muγ=2μ​.

The proof uses two auxiliary functions. The first is the Lyapunov function

E(t)=f(x(t))−min⁡Hf+12∥μ(x(t)−x⋆)+x˙(t)+β∇f(x(t))∥2.\mathcal E(t)=f(x(t))-\min_{\mathcal H}f+\tfrac12\big\|\sqrt\mu(x(t)-x^\star)+\dot x(t)+\beta\nabla f(x(t))\big\|^2 .E(t)=f(x(t))−Hmin​f+21​​μ​(x(t)−x⋆)+x˙(t)+β∇f(x(t))​2.

The second is Z(t)=2β(f(x(t))−f(x⋆))+μ∥x(t)−x⋆∥2Z(t)=2\beta(f(x(t))-f(x^\star))+\sqrt\mu\|x(t)-x^\star\|^2Z(t)=2β(f(x(t))−f(x⋆))+μ​∥x(t)−x⋆∥2. Both appear in the milestones under the names lyap and Zfun.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7 (p. 19)

Assume 0≤β≤12μ0\le\beta\le\frac1{2\sqrt\mu}0≤β≤2μ​1​. Then three statements hold. First, for all t≥t0t\ge t_0t≥t0​,

μ2∥x(t)−x⋆∥2≤f(x(t))−min⁡Hf≤Ce−μ2(t−t0),C:=f(x(t0))−min⁡Hf+μ∥x(t0)−x⋆∥2+∥x˙(t0)+β∇f(x(t0))∥2.\frac\mu2\|x(t)-x^\star\|^2\le f(x(t))-\min_{\mathcal H}f\le C e^{-\frac{\sqrt\mu}{2}(t-t_0)},\qquad C:=f(x(t_0))-\min_{\mathcal H}f+\mu\|x(t_0)-x^\star\|^2+\|\dot x(t_0)+\beta\nabla f(x(t_0))\|^2 .2μ​∥x(t)−x⋆∥2≤f(x(t))−Hmin​f≤Ce−2μ​​(t−t0​),C:=f(x(t0​))−Hmin​f+μ∥x(t0​)−x⋆∥2+∥x˙(t0​)+β∇f(x(t0​))∥2.

Second, there is C1>0C_1>0C1​>0 such that for all t≥t0t\ge t_0t≥t0​

e−μt∫t0teμs∥∇f(x(s))∥2 ds≤C1e−μ2t.e^{-\sqrt\mu t}\int_{t_0}^t e^{\sqrt\mu s}\|\nabla f(x(s))\|^2\,ds\le C_1e^{-\frac{\sqrt\mu}{2}t}.e−μ​t∫t0​t​eμ​s∥∇f(x(s))∥2ds≤C1​e−2μ​​t.

Third,

∫t0∞eμ2t∥x˙(t)∥2 dt<+∞.\int_{t_0}^\infty e^{\frac{\sqrt\mu}{2}t}\|\dot x(t)\|^2\,dt<+\infty .∫t0​∞​e2μ​​t∥x˙(t)∥2dt<+∞.

Milestones

The milestones are the displayed steps of the paper's proof, in order:

  1. the strong convexity inequality ⟨∇f(y),y−x⋆⟩≥f(y)−f(x⋆)+μ2∥y−x⋆∥2\langle\nabla f(y),y-x^\star\rangle\ge f(y)-f(x^\star)+\frac\mu2\|y-x^\star\|^2⟨∇f(y),y−x⋆⟩≥f(y)−f(x⋆)+2μ​∥y−x⋆∥2;
  2. the first differential inequality for E\mathcal EE;
  3. the nonnegativity of μ4X2+β2μY2−βμXY\frac\mu4X^2+\frac{\beta}{2\sqrt\mu}Y^2-\beta\sqrt\mu XY4μ​X2+2μ​β​Y2−βμ​XY;
  4. ddtE+μ2E+μ2∥x˙∥2≤0\frac{d}{dt}\mathcal E+\frac{\sqrt\mu}2\mathcal E+\frac{\sqrt\mu}2\|\dot x\|^2\le0dtd​E+2μ​​E+2μ​​∥x˙∥2≤0;
  5. E(t)≤E(t0)e−μ2(t−t0)\mathcal E(t)\le\mathcal E(t_0)e^{-\frac{\sqrt\mu}2(t-t_0)}E(t)≤E(t0​)e−2μ​​(t−t0​);
  6. the differential inequality for ZZZ.

Companion: the case β=0\beta=0β=0

The last sentence of Theorem 7 states that for β=0\beta=0β=0, f(x(t))−min⁡f=O(e−μt)f(x(t))-\min f=\mathcal O(e^{-\sqrt\mu t})f(x(t))−minf=O(e−μ​t). The paper gives no proof of it and attributes it to Siegel. It is a separate item, listed as the last milestone, and is not part of the goal.

Significance

Theorem 7 gives exponential decay, at the rate e−μ2te^{-\frac{\sqrt\mu}2 t}e−2μ​​t, of the values and of the distance to the minimizer for the whole range 0≤β≤1/(2μ)0\le\beta\le1/(2\sqrt\mu)0≤β≤1/(2μ​) of Hessian damping. It also gives an averaged exponential decay of ∥∇f(x(t))∥2\|\nabla f(x(t))\|^2∥∇f(x(t))∥2, which the authors describe as new in the literature, and weighted integrability of the squared velocity. These estimates guide the design of the strongly convex algorithms of §5, whose linear rates q=1/(1+12μs)q=1/(1+\frac12\sqrt{\mu s})q=1/(1+21​μs​) mirror the continuous rate.

Formalizing it builds machine-checked continuous-time Lyapunov arguments in a Hilbert space: differentiation of energy functions along a trajectory that is only one-sidedly differentiable at t0t_0t0​, the chain rule through ∇f\nabla f∇f (the Hessian term), and Grönwall-type integration of differential inequalities. To our knowledge none of Theorem 7 has a machine-checked proof; the paper's proof is complete apart from the gap at β=0\beta=0β=0 in part (ii) noted under Difficulty.

Difficulty

The algebra of the first differential inequality is a direct but long expansion, and the quadratic form is where the upper bound on β\betaβ enters. The main analytic steps are elsewhere. First, the energy must be shown differentiable along the trajectory, which requires the derivative of t↦∇f(x(t))t\mapsto\nabla f(x(t))t↦∇f(x(t)), a chain rule through the Fréchet derivative of the gradient. Second, the differential inequalities must be integrated on [t0,+∞[[t_0,+\infty[[t0​,+∞[ with one-sided derivatives at t0t_0t0​. Third, part (ii) must be derived from the ZZZ-inequality. The paper's derivation divides by β2\beta^2β2, so it covers only β>0\beta>0β>0. At β=0\beta=0β=0 part (ii) is still true, but it needs a separate argument, for example local Lipschitz continuity of ∇f\nabla f∇f near x⋆x^\starx⋆ together with the convergence x(t)→x⋆x(t)\to x^\starx(t)→x⋆ from part (i). A proof that only follows the printed text does not cover the case β=0\beta = 0β=0.

Formalization scope

  • Space and function. H\mathcal HH is a real inner product space that is complete. fff is ConvexOn ℝ univ and ContDiff ℝ 2, ∇f\nabla f∇f is Mathlib's gradient f, and the Hessian applied to vvv at xxx is fderiv ℝ (gradient f) x v.
  • Strong convexity is Definition 1 verbatim, with μ>0\mu>0μ>0 as a separate hypothesis. Convexity of fff is kept from the standing hypothesis (H) of p. 2 even though strong convexity implies it.
  • The minimizer. argmin⁡f≠∅\operatorname{argmin}f\neq\emptysetargminf=∅ is a point xstar with f(x⋆)≤f(y)f(x^\star)\le f(y)f(x⋆)≤f(y) for all yyy. min⁡f\min fminf is written f xstar.
  • The trajectory is a triple x,x˙,x¨:R→Hx,\dot x,\ddot x:\mathbb R\to\mathcal Hx,x˙,x¨:R→H. At every t≥t0t\ge t_0t≥t0​, xxx has derivative x˙(t)\dot x(t)x˙(t) and x˙\dot xx˙ has derivative x¨(t)\ddot x(t)x¨(t) within [t0,+∞[[t_0,+\infty[[t0​,+∞[, and (19) holds. Values before t0t_0t0​ play no role, and x˙(t0)\dot x(t_0)x˙(t0​) in the constant CCC is the right derivative. β\betaβ is a real constant and t0>0t_0>0t0​>0, as in (H).
  • Derivatives in milestones are stated as the existence of a number that is the one-sided derivative and satisfies the inequality. Such a number is unique.
  • Integrals. Part (ii) is an interval integral of a function continuous on [t0,t][t_0,t][t0​,t]. The "Moreover" clause is stated as integrability on [t0,+∞[[t_0,+\infty[[t0​,+∞[ of the nonnegative integrand. The constant C1C_1C1​ is existentially quantified after the trajectory, so it may depend on it, as on the page.
  • Ruling out trivial readings. The goal never mentions E\mathcal EE or ZZZ: its conclusions are about f(x(t))f(x(t))f(x(t)), ∥x(t)−x⋆∥\|x(t)-x^\star\|∥x(t)−x⋆∥, ∇f(x(t))\nabla f(x(t))∇f(x(t)) and x˙(t)\dot x(t)x˙(t) only. The solution predicate is satisfiable: the constant trajectory at x⋆x^\starx⋆ satisfies it.
  • Infrastructure needed: the chain rule for ∇f∘x\nabla f\circ x∇f∘x with one-sided derivatives, differentiation of ∥⋅∥2\|\cdot\|^2∥⋅∥2 and ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨⋅,⋅⟩ along curves, and a Grönwall-type lemma u′≤−cu⇒u(t)≤u(t0)e−c(t−t0)u'\le-cu\Rightarrow u(t)\le u(t_0)e^{-c(t-t_0)}u′≤−cu⇒u(t)≤u(t0​)e−c(t−t0​) on [t0,∞)[t_0,\infty)[t0​,∞) with one-sided derivatives. These are reusable for the other continuous-time missions of the series. Contributions of these general lemmas are welcome as separate theorems.

Selected references

  • H. Attouch, Z. Chbani, J. Fadili, H. Riahi, First-order optimization algorithms via inertial systems with Hessian driven damping, Math. Program. (2020); arXiv:1907.10536v2. https://arxiv.org/abs/1907.10536
  • J. W. Siegel, Accelerated first-order methods: differential equations and Lyapunov functions, 2019. https://arxiv.org/abs/1903.05671
  • A. C. Wilson, B. Recht, M. I. Jordan, A Lyapunov analysis of momentum methods in optimization, J. Mach. Learn. Res. 22 (2021); arXiv:1611.02635. https://arxiv.org/abs/1611.02635
  • B. T. Polyak, Some methods of speeding up the convergence of iteration methods, USSR Comput. Math. Math. Phys. 4 (1964). https://doi.org/10.1016/0041-5553(64)90137-5
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchProbabilityStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

From Data to Decisions: Distributionally Robust Optimization Is Optimal 3: On a Compact Continuous State Space the Relative-Entropy Robust Predictor Is Feasible and Strongly OptimalResearch Paper

Motivation

A decision maker who chooses xxx to minimize an expected cost c(x,P)=EP[γ(x,ξ)]c(x,\mathbb P)=\mathbb E_{\mathbb P}[\gamma(x,\xi)]c(x,P)=EP​[γ(x,ξ)] rarely knows the distribution P\mathbb PP of the random parameter ξ\xiξ. What is available is a sample ξ1,…,ξT\xi_1,\dots,\xi_Tξ1​,…,ξT​. Any rule that turns the sample into a cost estimate can disappoint: the realized expected cost may exceed the estimate. In a cost-minimization context such underestimates are more harmful than overestimates, which is why distributionally robust optimization replaces the unknown P\mathbb PP by a worst case over a set of distributions consistent with the data.

Van Parys, Mohajerin Esfahani and Kuhn (arXiv:1704.04118, Management Science 2021) asked which such rule is best. They define a data-driven predictor to be least conservative among all predictors whose probability of disappointment decays exponentially at a prescribed rate rrr, and they prove that a single predictor, the worst-case expected cost over a relative-entropy ball around the empirical distribution, is the unique strong solution. Their main results are for a finite set of outcomes Ξ={1,…,d}\Xi=\{1,\dots,d\}Ξ={1,…,d}. Section 5 extends the predictor result to an arbitrary compact Ξ⊆Rd\Xi\subseteq\mathbb R^dΞ⊆Rd; this mission formalizes that extension. The version used throughout is the arXiv preprint arXiv:1704.04118v3 (22 December 2019), and every index below is the preprint's.

Setting

Fix compact sets X⊆RnX\subseteq\mathbb R^nX⊆Rn (decisions) and Ξ⊆Rd\Xi\subseteq\mathbb R^dΞ⊆Rd (outcomes), and a cost γ:X×Ξ→R\gamma:X\times\Xi\to\mathbb Rγ:X×Ξ→R that is jointly continuous.

  • The model class P\mathcal PP is the set of Borel probability distributions on Ξ\XiΞ, with the topology of weak convergence. X×PX\times\mathcal PX×P carries the product topology.
  • The model-based predictor is c(x,P)=∫Ξγ(x,ξ) dP(ξ)c(x,\mathbb P)=\int_\Xi\gamma(x,\xi)\,\mathrm d\mathbb P(\xi)c(x,P)=∫Ξ​γ(x,ξ)dP(ξ).
  • The relative entropy of P′\mathbb P'P′ with respect to P\mathbb PP (Definition 8) is I(P′,P)=∫Ξlog⁡dP′dP dP′I(\mathbb P',\mathbb P)=\int_\Xi\log\frac{\mathrm d\mathbb P'}{\mathrm d\mathbb P}\,\mathrm d\mathbb P'I(P′,P)=∫Ξ​logdPdP′​dP′ if P′≪P\mathbb P'\ll\mathbb PP′≪P, and +∞+\infty+∞ otherwise.
  • Given independent samples ξ1,…,ξT\xi_1,\dots,\xi_Tξ1​,…,ξT​ from P\mathbb PP, the empirical distribution is P^T=1T∑t=1Tδξt\hat{\mathbb P}_T=\frac1T\sum_{t=1}^T\delta_{\xi_t}P^T​=T1​∑t=1T​δξt​​, and P∞\mathbb P^\inftyP∞ denotes the law of the sample path.
  • A data-driven predictor is a continuous function c^:X×P→R\hat c:X\times\mathcal P\to\mathbb Rc^:X×P→R; the estimate after TTT samples is c^(x,P^T)\hat c(x,\hat{\mathbb P}_T)c^(x,P^T​). Its out-of-sample disappointment is P∞(c(x,P)>c^(x,P^T))\mathbb P^\infty\big(c(x,\mathbb P)>\hat c(x,\hat{\mathbb P}_T)\big)P∞(c(x,P)>c^(x,P^T​)).
  • Problem (5): c^\hat cc^ is feasible if, for all x∈Xx\in Xx∈X and P∈P\mathbb P\in\mathcal PP∈P,
lim sup⁡T→∞1Tlog⁡P∞(c(x,P)>c^(x,P^T))≤−r,\limsup_{T\to\infty}\frac1T\log\mathbb P^\infty\big(c(x,\mathbb P)>\hat c(x,\hat{\mathbb P}_T)\big)\le -r,T→∞limsup​T1​logP∞(c(x,P)>c^(x,P^T​))≤−r,

and strongly optimal if it is feasible and c^(x,P′)≤c^′(x,P′)\hat c(x,\mathbb P')\le\hat c'(x,\mathbb P')c^(x,P′)≤c^′(x,P′) for all (x,P′)(x,\mathbb P')(x,P′) and every feasible c^′\hat c'c^′.

  • The distributionally robust predictor is c^r(x,P′)=sup⁡{c(x,P):P∈P, I(P′,P)≤r}\hat c_r(x,\mathbb P')=\sup\{c(x,\mathbb P):\mathbb P\in\mathcal P,\ I(\mathbb P',\mathbb P)\le r\}c^r​(x,P′)=sup{c(x,P):P∈P, I(P′,P)≤r}.
  • γˉ(x)=max⁡ξ∈Ξγ(x,ξ)\bar\gamma(x)=\max_{\xi\in\Xi}\gamma(x,\xi)γˉ​(x)=maxξ∈Ξ​γ(x,ξ) is the worst-case cost and Ξ⋆(x)\Xi^\star(x)Ξ⋆(x) the set of its maximizers.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 10 (p. 26)

r≥0 ⟹ c^r is feasible in (5),r>0 ⟹ c^r is strongly optimal in (5).r\ge0\ \Longrightarrow\ \hat c_r\text{ is feasible in (5)},\qquad r>0\ \Longrightarrow\ \hat c_r\text{ is strongly optimal in (5)}.r≥0 ⟹ c^r​ is feasible in (5),r>0 ⟹ c^r​ is strongly optimal in (5).

Both halves are in the goal. The case r=0r=0r=0 of feasibility is the statement that c^0=c\hat c_0=cc^0​=c is continuous.

Milestones

  • Lemma 1 (p. 23): ccc is continuous on X×PX\times\mathcal PX×P.
  • Lemma 2 (33), p. 29: c^r\hat c_rc^r​ equals a supremum over pairs (Pc,p)(\mathbb P_c,p)(Pc​,p) with P′≪p Pc≪P′\mathbb P'\ll p\,\mathbb P_c\ll\mathbb P'P′≪pPc​≪P′, where the mass 1−p1-p1−p is placed at cost γˉ(x)\bar\gamma(x)γˉ​(x).
  • Lemma 3 (p. 31): the perturbed problem (34), c^r,ϵ\hat c_{r,\epsilon}c^r,ϵ​, satisfies c^r≤c^r,ϵ≤c^r+ϵ\hat c_r\le\hat c_{r,\epsilon}\le\hat c_r+\epsilonc^r​≤c^r,ϵ​≤c^r​+ϵ.
  • Lemma 4 (35), p. 31:
c^r,ϵ(x,P′)≤min⁡α≥γˉ(x)+ϵ α−e−rexp⁡(∫Ξlog⁡(α−γ(x,ξ)) dP′(ξ)),\hat c_{r,\epsilon}(x,\mathbb P')\le\min_{\alpha\ge\bar\gamma(x)+\epsilon}\ \alpha-e^{-r}\exp\Big(\int_\Xi\log(\alpha-\gamma(x,\xi))\,\mathrm d\mathbb P'(\xi)\Big),c^r,ϵ​(x,P′)≤α≥γˉ​(x)+ϵmin​ α−e−rexp(∫Ξ​log(α−γ(x,ξ))dP′(ξ)),

with a minimizer α⋆≤(γˉ(x)+ϵ−e−rc(x,P′))/(1−e−r)\alpha^\star\le(\bar\gamma(x)+\epsilon-e^{-r}c(x,\mathbb P'))/(1-e^{-r})α⋆≤(γˉ​(x)+ϵ−e−rc(x,P′))/(1−e−r), and with equality for ϵ>0\epsilon>0ϵ>0.

  • Proposition 6 (p. 25): c^r\hat c_rc^r​ is continuous on X×PX\times\mathcal PX×P for r≥0r\ge0r≥0.
  • Theorem 9 (24a)/(24b), p. 25: the weak large deviation principle for P^T\hat{\mathbb P}_TP^T​ in the weak topology, with the closure cl⁡D\operatorname{cl}\mathcal DclD in the upper bound and the interior in the lower bound.
  • (41), p. 35: if P0(Ξ⋆(x))<1\mathbb P_0(\Xi^\star(x))<1P0​(Ξ⋆(x))<1 and c(x,P0)≥c^r(x,P′)c(x,\mathbb P_0)\ge\hat c_r(x,\mathbb P')c(x,P0​)≥c^r​(x,P′), then I(P′,P0)≥rI(\mathbb P',\mathbb P_0)\ge rI(P′,P0​)≥r.
  • Proposition 1(ii), (iii) in the general setting (p. 24): III is jointly convex and jointly lower semicontinuous on P×P\mathcal P\times\mathcal PP×P.

Proposition 5, the dual representation (23) of c^r\hat c_rc^r​ itself, is included as a further item; the proof of Theorem 10 goes through Lemmas 3–4 and does not use it.

Significance

Theorem 10 says that, on any compact outcome space, no continuous predictor is less conservative than c^r\hat c_rc^r​ while keeping its disappointment probability below e−rTe^{-rT}e−rT to first order in the exponent. Relative-entropy distributionally robust optimization is therefore not one choice among many ambiguity sets but the optimal one for this criterion, and the dual representation turns its evaluation into a one-dimensional convex problem. The paper also shows that the continuous-state analogue of its prescriptor result (Theorem 11) only holds up to an arbitrarily small shift, so the predictor statement formalized here is the clean part of the extension.

The results are proved in the paper; none is formalized. A complete development yields a formal Sanov-type weak large deviation principle for empirical measures in the weak topology, joint convexity and lower semicontinuity of the Kullback–Leibler divergence for probability measures on a compact metric space, and a measure-theoretic dual representation of a relative-entropy worst-case expectation. Mathlib has the Kullback–Leibler divergence klDiv and the weak topology on probability measures, but none of these three results.

Difficulty

The finite-state proof of feasibility bounds the disappointment through the large deviations upper bound over the disappointment set D\mathcal DD itself. On a continuous space that bound only holds over the closure cl⁡D\operatorname{cl}\mathcal DclD in the weak topology (24a), and the paper notes that this invalidates the finite-state argument (p. 25). The rate must then be controlled on a larger, closed set of empirical distributions, where the strict inequality defining a disappointment is lost; this is where the mass that P0\mathbb P_0P0​ puts on the worst-case scenarios Ξ⋆(x)\Xi^\star(x)Ξ⋆(x) starts to matter, as the hypothesis of (41) shows.

Continuity of c^r\hat c_rc^r​ in the weak topology is the second obstacle. The supremum runs over an infinite-dimensional set of distributions, a worst-case distribution may put mass outside the support of P′\mathbb P'P′, and the integrals involved can diverge or take the value −∞-\infty−∞. Weak convergence controls integrals of bounded continuous functions only, and log⁡(α−γ)\log(\alpha-\gamma)log(α−γ) is unbounded below at α=γˉ(x)\alpha=\bar\gamma(x)α=γˉ​(x).

Formalization scope

  • P\mathcal PP is ProbabilityMeasure ↥Ξ for the Borel σ-algebra of the subtype, with Mathlib's weak-convergence topology. XXX and Ξ\XiΞ are compact subsets of Euclidean spaces, γ:↥X→↥Ξ→R\gamma:↥X\to↥\Xi\to\mathbb Rγ:↥X→↥Ξ→R is jointly continuous; these standing assumptions of §2 (p. 5) and §5 (p. 23) appear as hypotheses of every theorem. No other hypothesis is added. Nonemptiness of Ξ\XiΞ is automatic wherever a distribution on Ξ\XiΞ is in scope.
  • III is Mathlib's InformationTheory.klDiv, valued in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. It equals Definition 8, including the value +∞+\infty+∞ when P′≪̸P\mathbb P'\not\ll\mathbb PP′≪P or when the log-likelihood ratio is not integrable.
  • The empirical distribution is defined for T≥1T\ge1T≥1. The probability of an event about P^T\hat{\mathbb P}_TP^T​ is the outer measure under the product measure P⊗T\mathbb P^{\otimes T}P⊗T, and is 000 at T=0T=0T=0; all statements are asymptotic in TTT.
  • Decay rates are stated without logarithms: lim sup⁡1Tlog⁡pT≤−s\limsup\frac1T\log p_T\le-slimsupT1​logpT​≤−s becomes "for every r′<sr'<sr′<s, eventually pT≤e−r′Tp_T\le e^{-r'T}pT​≤e−r′T", which is equivalent and handles pT=0p_T=0pT​=0. A naive Real.log encoding would be wrong, since Lean sets log⁡0=0\log0=0log0=0. Predictors must be continuous for the weak topology; dropping continuity, or replacing the weak topology by a finer one, changes the problem.
  • The constraint ∫log⁡(1pdP′dPc) dP′≤r\int\log(\frac1p\frac{\mathrm d\mathbb P'}{\mathrm d\mathbb P_c})\,\mathrm d\mathbb P'\le r∫log(p1​dPc​dP′​)dP′≤r in (33)–(34) carries an explicit integrability requirement, so that a divergent integral fails the constraint instead of evaluating to 000. The geometric mean exp⁡∫log⁡(α−γ) dP′\exp\int\log(\alpha-\gamma)\,\mathrm d\mathbb P'exp∫log(α−γ)dP′ follows the paper's convention log⁡0=−∞\log0=-\inftylog0=−∞; it is defined as inf⁡δ>0exp⁡∫log⁡(α+δ−γ) dP′\inf_{\delta>0}\exp\int\log(\alpha+\delta-\gamma)\,\mathrm d\mathbb P'infδ>0​exp∫log(α+δ−γ)dP′, which is the same value for α≥γˉ(x)\alpha\ge\bar\gamma(x)α≥γˉ​(x).
  • At the end of the proof of Theorem 10 the page writes "when ϵ>0\epsilon>0ϵ>0" for strong optimality; the theorem statement says r>0r>0r>0, which is what is formalized.

Contributions are welcome at every level: a Sanov upper and lower bound for empirical measures on compact metric spaces, convexity and lower semicontinuity of klDiv, and the measure-theoretic duality of Lemma 4 are each reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • B. P. G. Van Parys, P. Mohajerin Esfahani, D. Kuhn, From Data to Decisions: Distributionally Robust Optimization is Optimal, Management Science 67(6), 2021. Preprint arXiv:1704.04118v3. https://arxiv.org/abs/1704.04118
  • I. Csiszár, A simple proof of Sanov's theorem, Bulletin of the Brazilian Mathematical Society 37(4), 2006. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00574-006-0023-1
  • T. van Erven, P. Harremoës, Rényi divergence and Kullback–Leibler divergence, IEEE Transactions on Information Theory 60(7), 2014. https://doi.org/10.1109/TIT.2014.2320500
  • A. Dembo, O. Zeitouni, Large Deviations Techniques and Applications, 2nd ed., Springer, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4612-5320-4
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Machine LearningOperations ResearchOptimal Transport·Captain: mikedeng1

Regularization via Mass Transportation I: Wasserstein-Robust Linear Classification with Label Flipping Is a Finite Convex ProgramResearch Paper

Motivation

A classifier trained from finitely many examples can perform well on those examples while responding poorly to changes in the feature distribution or to mislabeled observations. Distributionally robust learning addresses this by choosing a classifier against every probability distribution within a specified distance of the empirical distribution. The resulting optimization appears to range over an infinite-dimensional family of distributions. Shafieezadeh-Abadeh, Kuhn, and Mohajerin Esfahani show that, for linear classification with a convex Lipschitz loss, this problem has an exact finite convex reformulation. That result is Theorem 3.11(ii) of the 2019 arXiv preprint, which is the source used here.

The authors' transport metric allows a data point's features to move and its binary label to flip, with separate prices for those two changes. This matters when robustness to inaccurate labels is part of the model. A label-preserving metric cannot express that choice. The paper builds on its Section 2 learning model and the transport duality developed in Appendix A.1; the present mission isolates the classification result and the intermediate statements used for it. The preprint's Corollary 3.14 specializes the result to logloss, while its Corollary 3.12 treats hinge loss. A logloss-specific reformulation and a label-preserving classification result already have proved statements on Prove2Me; the general convex-Lipschitz, finite label-cost theorem remains the target of this mission.

Setting

Let VVV be a finite-dimensional real vector space with a chosen norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥. Features are x∈Vx\in Vx∈V and labels are y∈{−1,+1}y\in\{-1,+1\}y∈{−1,+1}. A linear classifier is a continuous linear functional w:V→Rw:V\to\mathbb Rw:V→R, with score ⟨w,x⟩=w(x)\langle w,x\rangle=w(x)⟨w,x⟩=w(x). Its dual norm ∥w∥∗\|w\|_*∥w∥∗​ is the operator norm induced by ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥. Given N≥1N\ge1N≥1 training pairs (x^i,y^i)(\hat x_i,\hat y_i)(x^i​,y^​i​), their empirical distribution is P^N=N−1∑i=1Nδ(x^i,y^i)\hat P_N=N^{-1}\sum_{i=1}^N\delta_{(\hat x_i,\hat y_i)}P^N​=N−1∑i=1N​δ(x^i​,y^​i​)​.

For κ>0\kappa>0κ>0, the transport cost between pairs is

d((x,y),(x′,y′))=∥x−x′∥+κ1y≠y′.d((x,y),(x',y'))=\|x-x'\|+\kappa\mathbf1_{y\ne y'}.d((x,y),(x′,y′))=∥x−x′∥+κ1y=y′​.

The Wasserstein distance W(Q,P)W(Q,P)W(Q,P) is the least expected transport cost among joint distributions whose two marginals are QQQ and PPP. For a radius ρ≥0\rho\ge0ρ≥0, the Wasserstein ball Bρ(P^N)\mathbb B_\rho(\hat P_N)Bρ​(P^N​) contains probability distributions QQQ satisfying W(Q,P^N)≤ρW(Q,\hat P_N)\le\rhoW(Q,P^N​)≤ρ. The loss is L(y⟨w,x⟩)L(y\langle w,x\rangle)L(y⟨w,x⟩), where L:R→[0,∞)L:\mathbb R\to[0,\infty)L:R→[0,∞) is convex and Lipschitz continuous. The Lipschitz modulus lip⁡(L)\operatorname{lip}(L)lip(L) is the smallest Lipschitz bound for LLL, defined as the supremum of its difference quotients. These are the objects and standing conventions of Sections 1.1, 2, and 3.2 of the preprint.

Formalization targets

The goal is Theorem 3.11(ii): for every fixed www, the worst-case expected loss equals the value of program (18),

sup⁡Q∈Bρ(P^N)EQ[L(y⟨w,x⟩)]=inf⁡λ,s{λρ+1N∑i=1Nsi:L(y^i⟨w,x^i⟩)≤si,L(−y^i⟨w,x^i⟩)−κλ≤si(i=1,…,N),lip⁡(L)∥w∥∗≤λ}.\sup_{Q\in\mathbb B_\rho(\hat P_N)}\mathbb E^Q[L(y\langle w,x\rangle)] = \inf_{\lambda,s}\left\{\lambda\rho+\frac1N\sum_{i=1}^{N}s_i: \begin{array}{l} L(\hat y_i\langle w,\hat x_i\rangle)\le s_i,\\ L(-\hat y_i\langle w,\hat x_i\rangle)-\kappa\lambda\le s_i\quad(i=1,\ldots,N),\\ \operatorname{lip}(L)\|w\|_*\le\lambda \end{array}\right\}.Q∈Bρ​(P^N​)sup​EQ[L(y⟨w,x⟩)]=λ,sinf​⎩⎨⎧​λρ+N1​i=1∑N​si​:L(y^​i​⟨w,x^i​⟩)≤si​,L(−y^​i​⟨w,x^i​⟩)−κλ≤si​(i=1,…,N),lip(L)∥w∥∗​≤λ​⎭⎬⎫​.

Taking the infimum of both sides over www gives equality between problem (4) and the full program (18). The fixed-www identity is stated explicitly because it is the stronger assertion established in the proof. The milestone list follows the paper's appendix: Lemma A.1 converts the robust expectation into a scalar transport-price infimum; the label split isolates the two possible labels; Lemma A.3 evaluates the feature supremum; the ensuing display gives the program in terms of conjugate slopes; and the final identity identifies those slopes with lip⁡(L)\operatorname{lip}(L)lip(L). Each milestone is tied to its printed page in the preprint.

Significance

The theorem replaces a search over probability distributions by a finite convex program with one scalar λ\lambdaλ and one slack variable sis_isi​ per sample, in addition to the classifier www. It makes the price of label changes explicit through κλ\kappa\lambdaκλ and the price of feature changes through lip⁡(L)∥w∥∗\operatorname{lip}(L)\|w\|_*lip(L)∥w∥∗​. Consequently, different convex Lipschitz classification losses can be treated within the same transport model rather than by deriving a new distributional optimization problem for each loss. The preprint applies the result to hinge, smoothed hinge, and logloss examples in the paragraphs following Theorem 3.11.

The result is proved in the cited paper. Its general statement and the paper's appendix milestones are not yet machine-checked in this mission. A verified development would connect the published definitions of the Wasserstein ball and Lipschitz modulus to an exact program-value theorem that later work can import. The loss-specific proved statements already available on Prove2Me provide useful comparisons, but their narrower losses or label-preserving transport costs do not replace this theorem.

Difficulty

The visible finite constraints contain no probability distributions, while the left-hand side optimizes over all probability measures in a Wasserstein ball. Establishing that the two values coincide requires control of the transport budget and the inner worst-case loss at the same time. The straightforward comparison of feasible values gives only one inequality. It does not show that every improvement allowed by a distribution can be represented by the scalar transport price and the samplewise constraints. The case ρ=0\rho=0ρ=0 also needs care: Lemma A.1's strong-duality proof cites a result for strictly positive radius, whereas the theorem itself allows zero radius and states an infimum rather than an attained minimum.

Formalization scope

Lean represents VVV by an abstract finite-dimensional real normed space with its Borel measurable structure. This retains the arbitrary norm of Rn\mathbb R^nRn in the paper. Labels are Bool, interpreted as +1+1+1 and −1-1−1; the published DRLogReg_Reformulation_Core definition supplies their sign map, the metric, Wasserstein distance, ball, and empirical distribution. The published WassersteinDRO_Duality_lipschitzModulus definition supplies the exact Lipschitz modulus. The mission's own definitions add the general loss, the feasible set of (18), the fixed-classifier program value, and the effective domain Θ={θ:L∗(θ)<∞}\Theta=\{\theta:L^*(\theta)<\infty\}Θ={θ:L∗(θ)<∞} of the convex conjugate. The same objects and conventions are used across all milestones.

All potentially infinite robust values are represented in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]; the unbounded feature suprema in Lemma A.3 and the label split use extended reals. The standing loss condition L≥0L\ge0L≥0 comes from the paper's Section 2.1 loss codomain. It also makes the lower Lebesgue integral and the finite program's extended-nonnegative objective faithful. The sample size is positive, κ>0\kappa>0κ>0, and the goal allows ρ=0\rho=0ρ=0. Lemma A.1 separately assumes ρ>0\rho>0ρ>0, matching the strong-duality condition used on page 29. The printed extra index j∈[J]j\in[J]j∈[J] in the page-35 classification display is carried in its verbatim milestone provenance but not in the Lean statement, because no jjj exists in part (ii). The formalization does not obtain the theorem by restricting LLL to a constant loss, by taking a singleton feature space, or by substituting an arbitrary Lipschitz bound for its modulus. Contributions that establish transport duality, the conjugate-domain slope identity, or the zero-radius case are directly reusable.

Selected references

  • S. Shafieezadeh-Abadeh, D. Kuhn, and P. Mohajerin Esfahani, Regularization via Mass Transportation, arXiv preprint arXiv:1710.10016v3, 2019. Preprint.
  • S. Shafieezadeh-Abadeh, P. Mohajerin Esfahani, and D. Kuhn, Distributionally Robust Logistic Regression, Advances in Neural Information Processing Systems 28, 2015. Published Prove2Me formalization.
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

Proximal Gradient Method for Nonsmooth Optimization over the Stiefel Manifold: Every Limit Point of ManPG Is Stationary, and an ε-Stationary Point Is Reached Within ⌈2L(F(X₀)−F*)/(γᾱε²)⌉ IterationsResearch Paper

Motivation

Many problems in statistics and signal processing ask for an orthonormal frame X∈Rn×rX\in\mathbb R^{n\times r}X∈Rn×r that is both a good fit to the data and sparse or otherwise structured. Sparse principal component analysis, compressed modes in physics, unsupervised feature selection and sparse blind deconvolution all take the form

min⁡X F(X)=f(X)+h(X)s.t.X⊤X=Ir,\min_{X}\ F(X)=f(X)+h(X)\quad\text{s.t.}\quad X^\top X=I_r,Xmin​ F(X)=f(X)+h(X)s.t.X⊤X=Ir​,

with fff smooth and hhh convex but nonsmooth, typically an ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ penalty. Before the work of Chen, Ma, So and Zhang, algorithms for this class fell into three groups: subgradient-oriented methods, which solve a quadratic program over sampled subgradients in every step; proximal point algorithms, whose subproblems are as hard as the original problem; and operator-splitting methods such as SOC and MADMM. The manifold proximal gradient method (ManPG) carries the Euclidean proximal gradient method over to the Stiefel manifold. The paper shows that ManPG keeps the global convergence and the O(ε−2)O(\varepsilon^{-2})O(ε−2) iteration complexity that Riemannian gradient descent has for smooth objectives (Boumal, Absil and Cartis, 2019).

Setting

The feasible set is the Stiefel manifold

M=St(n,r)={X∈Rn×r:X⊤X=Ir},r≤n.\mathcal M=\mathrm{St}(n,r)=\{X\in\mathbb R^{n\times r}: X^\top X=I_r\},\qquad r\le n.M=St(n,r)={X∈Rn×r:X⊤X=Ir​},r≤n.

The ambient space Rn×r\mathbb R^{n\times r}Rn×r carries the Frobenius inner product ⟨A,B⟩=Tr⁡(A⊤B)\langle A,B\rangle=\operatorname{Tr}(A^\top B)⟨A,B⟩=Tr(A⊤B) and norm ∥A∥F\|A\|_F∥A∥F​. The tangent space at X∈MX\in\mathcal MX∈M is TXM={V:V⊤X+X⊤V=0}T_X\mathcal M=\{V: V^\top X+X^\top V=0\}TX​M={V:V⊤X+X⊤V=0}. The orthogonal projection onto it is Proj⁡TXM(Y)=(In−XX⊤)Y+12X(X⊤Y−Y⊤X)\operatorname{Proj}_{T_X\mathcal M}(Y)=(I_n-XX^\top)Y+\tfrac12X(X^\top Y-Y^\top X)ProjTX​M​(Y)=(In​−XX⊤)Y+21​X(X⊤Y−Y⊤X).

The standing assumptions on F=f+hF=f+hF=f+h are imposed on all of Rn×r\mathbb R^{n\times r}Rn×r:

  • (i) fff is differentiable, and its gradient ∇f\nabla f∇f is LLL-Lipschitz;
  • (ii) hhh is convex and LhL_hLh​-Lipschitz.

A point X∈MX\in\mathcal MX∈M is stationary (Definition 3.3) if

0∈grad⁡f(X)+Proj⁡TXM∂h(X),grad⁡f(X)=Proj⁡TXM∇f(X),0\in\operatorname{grad}f(X)+\operatorname{Proj}_{T_X\mathcal M}\partial h(X),\qquad \operatorname{grad}f(X)=\operatorname{Proj}_{T_X\mathcal M}\nabla f(X),0∈gradf(X)+ProjTX​M​∂h(X),gradf(X)=ProjTX​M​∇f(X),

where ∂h\partial h∂h is the convex subdifferential.

A retraction RetrX(ξ)\mathrm{Retr}_X(\xi)RetrX​(ξ) maps tangent vectors at XXX back to M\mathcal MM, with RetrX(0)=X\mathrm{Retr}_X(0)=XRetrX​(0)=X. On the compact manifold M\mathcal MM every retraction satisfies, for some M1,M2>0M_1,M_2>0M1​,M2​>0 and all X∈MX\in\mathcal MX∈M, ξ∈TXM\xi\in T_X\mathcal Mξ∈TX​M (Fact 3.6),

∥RetrX(ξ)−X∥F≤M1∥ξ∥F,∥RetrX(ξ)−(X+ξ)∥F≤M2∥ξ∥F2.\|\mathrm{Retr}_X(\xi)-X\|_F\le M_1\|\xi\|_F,\qquad \|\mathrm{Retr}_X(\xi)-(X+\xi)\|_F\le M_2\|\xi\|_F^2.∥RetrX​(ξ)−X∥F​≤M1​∥ξ∥F​,∥RetrX​(ξ)−(X+ξ)∥F​≤M2​∥ξ∥F2​.

ManPG (Algorithm 1) takes X0∈MX_0\in\mathcal MX0​∈M, γ∈(0,1)\gamma\in(0,1)γ∈(0,1) and t>0t>0t>0. In iteration kkk it solves the convex subproblem

Vk=argmin⁡V∈TXkM ⟨∇f(Xk),V⟩+12t∥V∥F2+h(Xk+V).(4.3)V_k=\operatorname*{argmin}_{V\in T_{X_k}\mathcal M}\ \langle\nabla f(X_k),V\rangle+\frac1{2t}\|V\|_F^2+h(X_k+V).\tag{4.3}Vk​=V∈TXk​​Margmin​ ⟨∇f(Xk​),V⟩+2t1​∥V∥F2​+h(Xk​+V).(4.3)

It then backtracks α=1,γ,γ2,…\alpha=1,\gamma,\gamma^2,\dotsα=1,γ,γ2,… until F(RetrXk(αVk))≤F(Xk)−α∥Vk∥F2/(2t)F(\mathrm{Retr}_{X_k}(\alpha V_k))\le F(X_k)-\alpha\|V_k\|_F^2/(2t)F(RetrXk​​(αVk​))≤F(Xk​)−α∥Vk​∥F2​/(2t), and sets Xk+1=RetrXk(αkVk)X_{k+1}=\mathrm{Retr}_{X_k}(\alpha_kV_k)Xk+1​=RetrXk​​(αk​Vk​).

A point X∈MX\in\mathcal MX∈M is ε\varepsilonε-stationary (Definition 5.4) if the solution of (4.3) at XXX with t=1/Lt=1/Lt=1/L has ∥V∥F≤ε/L\|V\|_F\le\varepsilon/L∥V∥F​≤ε/L. The proof of Lemma 5.2 uses a bound GGG on ∥∇f∥F\|\nabla f\|_F∥∇f∥F​ over M\mathcal MM and the constants

c0=M2G+LM122,αˉ=12(c0+LhM2)t.c_0=M_2G+\frac{LM_1^2}{2},\qquad \bar\alpha=\frac{1}{2(c_0+L_hM_2)t}.c0​=M2​G+2LM12​​,αˉ=2(c0​+Lh​M2​)t1​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.5

For every run of ManPG:

  1. every limit point Xˉ\bar XXˉ of {Xk}\{X_k\}{Xk​} is stationary;
  2. with t=1/Lt=1/Lt=1/L, for every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 some
k≤⌈2L (F(X0)−F∗)γαˉε2⌉k\le\left\lceil\frac{2L\,(F(X_0)-F^*)}{\gamma\bar\alpha\varepsilon^2}\right\rceilk≤⌈γαˉε22L(F(X0​)−F∗)​⌉

has ∥Vk∥F≤ε/L\|V_k\|_F\le\varepsilon/L∥Vk​∥F​≤ε/L and XkX_kXk​ is ε\varepsilonε-stationary.

Here F∗F^*F∗ is the optimal value of (1.1). The constant is the paper's, kept exactly.

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  • Lemma 5.1: g(αVk)−g(0)≤(α−2)α2t∥Vk∥F2g(\alpha V_k)-g(0)\le\frac{(\alpha-2)\alpha}{2t}\|V_k\|_F^2g(αVk​)−g(0)≤2t(α−2)α​∥Vk​∥F2​ for α∈[0,1]\alpha\in[0,1]α∈[0,1], where ggg is the objective of (4.3).
  • (5.5): f(RetrX(αV))−f(X)≤α⟨∇f(X),V⟩+c0α2∥V∥F2f(\mathrm{Retr}_{X}(\alpha V))-f(X)\le\alpha\langle\nabla f(X),V\rangle+c_0\alpha^2\|V\|_F^2f(RetrX​(αV))−f(X)≤α⟨∇f(X),V⟩+c0​α2∥V∥F2​.
  • Lemma 5.2, split into three parts:
    • sufficient decrease for every 0<α≤min⁡{1,αˉ}0<\alpha\le\min\{1,\bar\alpha\}0<α≤min{1,αˉ};
    • well-definedness of the line search: a run exists from every X0X_0X0​;
    • the run form γmin⁡{1,αˉ}≤αk≤1\gamma\min\{1,\bar\alpha\}\le\alpha_k\le1γmin{1,αˉ}≤αk​≤1, with F(Xk+1)−F(Xk)≤−αk2t∥Vk∥F2F(X_{k+1})-F(X_k)\le-\frac{\alpha_k}{2t}\|V_k\|_F^2F(Xk+1​)−F(Xk​)≤−2tαk​​∥Vk​∥F2​.
  • Lemma 5.3: Vk=0V_k=0Vk​=0 implies XkX_kXk​ is stationary.
  • Two displays of the proof of Theorem 5.5:
    • ∥Vk∥F2→0\|V_k\|_F^2\to0∥Vk​∥F2​→0;
    • the telescoped chain F(X0)−F∗>tKε22γαˉF(X_0)-F^*>\frac{tK\varepsilon^2}{2}\gamma\bar\alphaF(X0​)−F∗>2tKε2​γαˉ when ∥Vk∥F>ε/L\|V_k\|_F>\varepsilon/L∥Vk​∥F​>ε/L for all k<Kk<Kk<K.

Significance

Theorem 5.5 is the paper's main result. It certifies ManPG as a first-order method for nonsmooth problems on the Stiefel manifold with the same O(ε−2)O(\varepsilon^{-2})O(ε−2) complexity as Riemannian gradient descent in the smooth case. When h=0h=0h=0 the bound reduces to the Boumal–Absil–Cartis rate (Remark 5.6). Later proximal methods on matrix manifolds build on this analysis. Lemmas 5.1–5.3 are the reusable steps: descent of the subproblem, sufficient decrease after retraction, and the stopping test as a stationarity certificate.

The result is proved in the paper; it is not formalized anywhere. No proof assistant library contains the convergence theory of a proximal method on a matrix manifold. The mission produces a machine-checked version of the full chain from the subproblem to the iteration bound. Along the way it builds infrastructure that Mathlib lacks: the Frobenius geometry of Rn×r\mathbb R^{n\times r}Rn×r as a trace formula, the tangent space and projection of the Stiefel manifold, and optimality conditions for convex problems restricted to a subspace.

Difficulty

The bookkeeping inequalities (Lemma 5.1, (5.5), the decrease estimate, the telescoping) are short computations once the right facts are available. The difficulty lies elsewhere.

  • Lemma 5.3 and the limit-point claim need the optimality condition of the subproblem (4.3): a subdifferential sum rule for a convex function restricted to the linear subspace TXMT_X\mathcal MTX​M, followed by the projection formula. The paper cites this condition rather than proving it.
  • The limit-point claim also needs a closedness argument. Subgradients of the Lipschitz function hhh are bounded by LhL_hLh​, so along a convergent subsequence they have a limit point that is again a subgradient. The projection X↦Proj⁡TXMX\mapsto\operatorname{Proj}_{T_X\mathcal M}X↦ProjTX​M​ must be shown continuous. The paper's proof leaves both steps implicit.
  • The well-definedness of the line search requires existence of a minimizer of (4.3), by strong convexity and coercivity on a subspace.
  • The descent lemma for fff has to be derived from the derivative along lines and the Lipschitz gradient.

A natural first idea is to restate everything for the Riemannian gradient and reuse smooth Riemannian results. That route does not work: hhh is nonsmooth, and the argument runs in the ambient space through the Euclidean subdifferential.

Formalization scope

  • Representation.
    • Matrices are Matrix (Fin n) (Fin r) ℝ.
    • The inner product is trace (Aᵀ * B) and the norm is its square root. No Mathlib matrix norm instance is used.
    • St(n,r)\mathrm{St}(n,r)St(n,r) is the published definition ProjLikeRetr.Stiefel.stiefel.
  • Assumptions.
    • fff comes with a gradient map gradf, tied to it by derivatives along every line.
    • ∇f\nabla f∇f is LLL-Lipschitz in the Frobenius norm, with L>0L>0L>0.
    • hhh is convex and LhL_hLh​-Lipschitz on the whole ambient space.
    • r≤nr\le nr≤n.
  • Retraction. The retraction is any map sending tangent vectors at points of M\mathcal MM into M\mathcal MM, with RetrX(0)=X\mathrm{Retr}_X(0)=XRetrX​(0)=X and the bounds (3.1)–(3.2). By Fact 3.6 this covers every retraction; smoothness is never used.
  • Constants.
    • GGG, M1M_1M1​, M2M_2M2​, LLL, LhL_hLh​ are parameters, each with its defining hypothesis.
    • c0c_0c0​ and αˉ\bar\alphaαˉ are the explicit formulas above.
    • F∗F^*F∗ is an attained lower bound of FFF on M\mathcal MM.
  • The run. A run of Algorithm 1 is a predicate on sequences (Xk,Vk,αk)(X_k,V_k,\alpha_k)(Xk​,Vk​,αk​). Each VkV_kVk​ minimizes (4.3), αk=γj\alpha_k=\gamma^jαk​=γj for the least passing jjj, and Xk+1=RetrXk(αkVk)X_{k+1}=\mathrm{Retr}_{X_k}(\alpha_kV_k)Xk+1​=RetrXk​​(αk​Vk​).
  • The goal's conventions.
    • A limit point is a cluster point of the sequence.
    • "Returns an ε\varepsilonε-stationary point within NNN iterations" means some k≤Nk\le Nk≤N passes the stopping test ∥Vk∥F≤ε/L\|V_k\|_F\le\varepsilon/L∥Vk​∥F​≤ε/L, with N=⌈⋅⌉N=\lceil\cdot\rceilN=⌈⋅⌉ as Nat.ceil.

Two encodings would trivialize the theorem, and the mission excludes both.

  • An unsatisfiable run predicate would make the goal vacuous. The well-definedness milestone asserts that a run exists from every X0∈MX_0\in\mathcal MX0​∈M.
  • A projection or stationarity condition that holds trivially would make the first claim empty. Stationarity uses the explicit projection formula and the convex subdifferential on all of Rn×r\mathbb R^{n\times r}Rn×r.

Lemma 5.2 as printed fixes α≤min⁡{1,αˉ}\alpha\le\min\{1,\bar\alpha\}α≤min{1,αˉ} and asserts the decrease for the accepted iterate. What its proof establishes is three separate facts: decrease at every trial stepsize α≤min⁡{1,αˉ}\alpha\le\min\{1,\bar\alpha\}α≤min{1,αˉ}, termination of the line search, and αk≥γmin⁡{1,αˉ}\alpha_k\ge\gamma\min\{1,\bar\alpha\}αk​≥γmin{1,αˉ} along a run. The mission states these three facts.

Contributions are welcome at every level: proofs of the milestones, and general lemmas such as the descent lemma for C1,1C^{1,1}C1,1 functions on Rn×r\mathbb R^{n\times r}Rn×r, the optimality condition of a strongly convex problem on a subspace, and properties of the Stiefel tangent projection. Theorem numbers and pages refer to arXiv:1811.00980v2, the version read for this mission.

Selected references

  • S. Chen, S. Ma, A. M.-C. So, T. Zhang, Proximal gradient method for nonsmooth optimization over the Stiefel manifold, SIAM Journal on Optimization 30(1), 2020. https://doi.org/10.1137/18m122457x (arXiv:1811.00980v2: https://arxiv.org/abs/1811.00980)
  • N. Boumal, P.-A. Absil, C. Cartis, Global rates of convergence for nonconvex optimization on manifolds, IMA Journal of Numerical Analysis 39(1), 2019. https://doi.org/10.1093/imanum/drx080
  • P.-A. Absil, R. Mahony, R. Sepulchre, Optimization Algorithms on Matrix Manifolds, Princeton University Press, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400830244
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Statistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Fast Best Subset Selection: Coordinate Descent and Local Combinatorial Optimization Algorithms I: Cyclic Coordinate Descent with Spacer Steps Converges to a Coordinate-Wise MinimumResearch Paper

Motivation

Best subset selection asks for the linear model that fits a response best using only a few of many candidate predictors. In its penalized form it is the least-squares problem with an L0L_0L0​ penalty, the number of nonzero coefficients. The problem is NP-hard. Mixed-integer optimization can solve it to certified optimality at moderate sizes (Bertsimas, King, Mazumder 2016), but statisticians who fit whole regularization paths with tens of thousands of predictors need something faster. Hazimeh and Mazumder (arXiv:1803.01454, Operations Research 2020) proposed cyclic coordinate descent for the L0L_0L0​-penalized problem, the method that glmnet made standard for the lasso. Their algorithm underlies the L0Learn software package.

Coordinate descent on a convex smooth-plus-separable objective converges by classical arguments (Tseng 2001). Those arguments do not cover the L0L_0L0​ penalty, which is discontinuous. The paper adds occasional spacer steps to plain cyclic coordinate descent and proves that the modified algorithm converges to a coordinate-wise minimum. This mission formalizes that convergence theorem.

Setting

Let X∈Rn×pX\in\mathbb R^{n\times p}X∈Rn×p be a model matrix whose columns X1,…,XpX_1,\dots,X_pX1​,…,Xp​ have unit Euclidean norm, and let y∈Rny\in\mathbb R^ny∈Rn. For β∈Rp\beta\in\mathbb R^pβ∈Rp let

f(β)=12∥y−Xβ∥2+λ1∥β∥1+λ2∥β∥22,F(β)=f(β)+λ0∥β∥0,f(\beta)=\tfrac12\|y-X\beta\|^2+\lambda_1\|\beta\|_1+\lambda_2\|\beta\|_2^2,\qquad F(\beta)=f(\beta)+\lambda_0\|\beta\|_0,f(β)=21​∥y−Xβ∥2+λ1​∥β∥1​+λ2​∥β∥22​,F(β)=f(β)+λ0​∥β∥0​,

with λ0>0\lambda_0>0λ0​>0 and λ1,λ2≥0\lambda_1,\lambda_2\ge0λ1​,λ2​≥0; ∥β∥0\|\beta\|_0∥β∥0​ counts the nonzero coordinates. Problem (2) is min⁡βF(β)\min_\beta F(\beta)minβ​F(β). Its three named cases are (L0) (λ1=λ2=0\lambda_1=\lambda_2=0λ1​=λ2​=0), (L0L1) (λ1>0=λ2\lambda_1>0=\lambda_2λ1​>0=λ2​) and (L0L2) (λ1=0<λ2\lambda_1=0<\lambda_2λ1​=0<λ2​). Supp(β)={i:βi≠0}\mathrm{Supp}(\beta)=\{i:\beta_i\ne0\}Supp(β)={i:βi​=0}.

Fix all coordinates but the iii-th. With unit-norm columns, minimizing FFF over βi\beta_iβi​ amounts to minimizing a scalar function of β~i=⟨y−∑j≠iXjβj,Xi⟩\tilde\beta_i=\langle y-\sum_{j\ne i}X_j\beta_j,X_i\rangleβ~​i​=⟨y−∑j=i​Xj​βj​,Xi​⟩. The minimizer set is T~(β~i,λ0,λ1,λ2)\tilde T(\tilde\beta_i,\lambda_0,\lambda_1,\lambda_2)T~(β~​i​,λ0​,λ1​,λ2​) (7). The thresholding operator TTT (12) picks one element of it:

T(a,λ0,λ1,λ2)=sign(a)∣a∣−λ11+2λ2  if  ∣a∣−λ11+2λ2≥2λ01+2λ2,0  otherwise.T(a,\lambda_0,\lambda_1,\lambda_2)=\mathrm{sign}(a)\frac{|a|-\lambda_1}{1+2\lambda_2}\ \text{ if }\ \frac{|a|-\lambda_1}{1+2\lambda_2}\ge\sqrt{\frac{2\lambda_0}{1+2\lambda_2}},\qquad 0\ \text{ otherwise.}T(a,λ0​,λ1​,λ2​)=sign(a)1+2λ2​∣a∣−λ1​​  if  1+2λ2​∣a∣−λ1​​≥1+2λ2​2λ0​​​,0  otherwise.

A coordinate-wise (CW) minimum is a β\betaβ such that every βi\beta_iβi​ minimizes FFF in coordinate iii with the others fixed (Definition 2). A stationary solution is a β\betaβ whose lower directional derivative F′(β;d)=lim inf⁡α↓0(F(β+αd)−F(β))/αF'(\beta;d)=\liminf_{\alpha\downarrow0}(F(\beta+\alpha d)-F(\beta))/\alphaF′(β;d)=liminfα↓0​(F(β+αd)−F(β))/α is nonnegative in every direction ddd (Definition 1).

Algorithm 1 (CDSS) takes an initial point β0\beta^0β0 and a positive integer CCC. It sweeps the coordinates cyclically. Each non-spacer step sets the current coordinate to T(β~i,λ0,λ1,λ2)T(\tilde\beta_i,\lambda_0,\lambda_1,\lambda_2)T(β~​i​,λ0​,λ1​,λ2​) and increments a counter for the resulting support. When the counter of a support SSS reaches CpCpCp, a spacer step follows: one sequential pass over the coordinates of SSS with the L0L_0L0​ term switched off, βi←T(β~i,0,λ1,λ2)\beta_i\leftarrow T(\tilde\beta_i,0,\lambda_1,\lambda_2)βi​←T(β~​i​,0,λ1​,λ2​). The counter of SSS is then reset. The iterates βk\beta^kβk count both kinds of step.

For (L0) and (L0L1) the paper adds Assumption 1: every min⁡{n,p}\min\{n,p\}min{n,p} columns of XXX are linearly independent. It also adds Assumption 2, which constrains the initial point when p>np>np>n: F(β0)≤λ0nF(\beta^0)\le\lambda_0 nF(β0)≤λ0​n for (L0), and F(β0)≤min⁡βf(β)+λ0nF(\beta^0)\le\min_\beta f(\beta)+\lambda_0 nF(β0)≤minβ​f(β)+λ0​n for (L0L1).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (p. 12)

For (L0), (L0L1) and (L0L2), under Assumptions 1–2 in the first two cases, there are mmm and a support SSS with

Supp(βk)=S  (k≥m),βk→B,B a CW minimum,Supp(B)=S.\mathrm{Supp}(\beta^k)=S\ \ (k\ge m),\qquad \beta^k\to B,\qquad B\text{ a CW minimum},\qquad \mathrm{Supp}(B)=S .Supp(βk)=S  (k≥m),βk→B,B a CW minimum,Supp(B)=S.

The two parts share SSS: the support stabilizes, and the limit is a CW minimum on that support.

Milestones

  • Lemma 5, monotone descent: F(βk+1)≤F(βk)F(\beta^{k+1})\le F(\beta^k)F(βk+1)≤F(βk) and F(βk)↓F∗≥0F(\beta^k)\downarrow F^*\ge0F(βk)↓F∗≥0.
  • Lemma 6: ∥βk∥0≤min⁡{n,p}\|\beta^k\|_0\le\min\{n,p\}∥βk∥0​≤min{n,p} for (L0), (L0L1).
  • Lemma 8: {βk}\{\beta^k\}{βk} is bounded.
  • Lemma 1: stationarity is equivalent to ∇Sf(β)=0\nabla_S f(\beta)=0∇S​f(β)=0 on the support SSS.
  • Lemma 9: along a support SSS recurring in non-spacer steps, the spacer iterates eventually keep support SSS. Every subsequence with support SSS converges to the unique minimizer β∗\beta^*β∗ of fff on SSS, and ∣βj∗∣≥2λ0/(1+2λ2)|\beta^*_j|\ge\sqrt{2\lambda_0/(1+2\lambda_2)}∣βj∗​∣≥2λ0​/(1+2λ2​)​ on SSS.
  • Lemma 10: the support of every limit point occurs infinitely often.
  • Lemma 2: closed form of T~\tilde TT~.
  • Lemma 11: for two limit points whose supports differ by one index jjj, ∣Bj(2)∣|B^{(2)}_j|∣Bj(2)​∣ exceeds 2λ0/(1+2λ2)\sqrt{2\lambda_0/(1+2\lambda_2)}2λ0​/(1+2λ2​)​, or equals it, according to whether XjX_jXj​ is correlated with the smaller support.
  • Lemma 12: zeroing a nonzero coordinate decreases FFF by at least 1+2λ22(∣βjk∣−2λ0/(1+2λ2))2\frac{1+2\lambda_2}{2}\big(|\beta^k_j|-\sqrt{2\lambda_0/(1+2\lambda_2)}\big)^221+2λ2​​(∣βjk​∣−2λ0​/(1+2λ2​)​)2.
  • Lemma 3: the coordinatewise characterization (8) of CW minima, with the condition ∣β~i∣>λ1|\tilde\beta_i|>\lambda_1∣β~​i​∣>λ1​ of (5) on the support (see Formalization scope).

Significance

Theorem 2 guarantees that exact cyclic coordinate descent on Problem (2), with spacer steps, has a limit, and that the limit is a CW minimum. That class is strictly smaller than the stationary solutions and the fixed points of iterative hard thresholding ((4), p. 5). It also serves as the inner solver of the paper's local combinatorial search (Algorithm 2, Theorem 4). So the guarantee transfers to the partial-swap-inescapable minima studied in the companion mission. Support stabilization (part 1) is also what reduces the asymptotic analysis to smooth strongly convex coordinate descent on a fixed support (Theorem 3).

The result is proved in the paper; no machine-checked version exists. A formalization would check the convergence argument for a discontinuous objective, where the bookkeeping of supports, counters and step indices is easy to get wrong. It would also provide a reusable Lean model of L0L_0L0​-penalized least squares and its thresholding operators.

Difficulty

The standard proof for cyclic coordinate descent needs a uniform decrease per step or a continuous objective. Neither holds here. A coordinate may switch between zero and a nonzero value infinitely often while FFF decreases by arbitrarily small amounts, so the descent property alone gives neither support stabilization nor convergence of the iterates. Coordinates dropped infinitely often and coordinates added infinitely often must both be excluded. The tie-breaking rule in TTT matters here: with the other choice on ties the algorithm is different. The exclusion of coordinates added infinitely often is only sketched in the paper (p. 43), and a complete proof has to supply it.

Formalization scope

Vectors are Fin p → ℝ with 0-based indices. Every norm is written as an explicit sum; Mathlib's sup norm on function types is never used. Unit-norm columns, λ0>0\lambda_0>0λ0​>0, λ1,λ2≥0\lambda_1,\lambda_2\ge0λ1​,λ2​≥0 and p≥1p\ge1p≥1 are hypotheses. The case λ1,λ2>0\lambda_1,\lambda_2>0λ1​,λ2​>0, which the paper never names, is excluded from the statements about the algorithm's limits. sign\mathrm{sign}sign is Real.sign. TTT chooses the nonzero solution on ties, as in (12). The lower directional derivative takes values in EReal, since it is +∞+\infty+∞ in directions leaving the support. Lemma 3 is stated with the condition ∣β~i∣>λ1|\tilde\beta_i|>\lambda_1∣β~​i​∣>λ1​ on the support, taken from (5). The printed condition (8) omits it, and without it the equivalence fails for λ1>0\lambda_1>0λ1​>0. Indices and pages throughout are those of arXiv:1803.01454v3.

Algorithm 1 is a deterministic state machine: iterate, cyclic pointer, the counter array Count, and a flag for a pending spacer step. The iterates are therefore defined from β0\beta^0β0 and CCC, not quantified over. The pointer advances only on non-spacer steps, following the pseudocode box; the prose formula i=(k+1) mod (p+1)i=(k+1)\bmod(p+1)i=(k+1)mod(p+1) on p. 10 contradicts it. A statement about an arbitrary sequence satisfying a step predicate, or one that adds a step size or a sufficient-decrease hypothesis, would describe a different algorithm and is ruled out.

Useful infrastructure includes the scalar thresholding lemmas and coercivity of fff under Assumption 1 on supports of size at most min⁡{n,p}\min\{n,p\}min{n,p}. Contributions of proofs for any milestone are welcome, as are lemmas on the state machine (descent of each step type, the counter bookkeeping).

Selected references

  • H. Hazimeh, R. Mazumder, Fast Best Subset Selection: Coordinate Descent and Local Combinatorial Optimization Algorithms, Operations Research 68(5), 2020; arXiv:1803.01454v3. https://arxiv.org/abs/1803.01454
  • D. Bertsimas, A. King, R. Mazumder, Best subset selection via a modern optimization lens, Annals of Statistics 44(2), 2016. https://doi.org/10.1214/15-AOS1388
  • P. Tseng, Convergence of a block coordinate descent method for nondifferentiable minimization, J. Optim. Theory Appl. 109, 2001. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1017501703105
  • A. Beck, Y. C. Eldar, Sparsity constrained nonlinear optimization: optimality conditions and algorithms, SIAM J. Optim. 23(3), 2013. https://doi.org/10.1137/120869778
  • J. Friedman, T. Hastie, R. Tibshirani, Regularization paths for generalized linear models via coordinate descent, J. Stat. Softw. 33(1), 2010. https://doi.org/10.18637/jss.v033.i01
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamical SystemsMachine Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Convergence and Dynamical Behavior of the ADAM Algorithm for Nonconvex Stochastic Optimization 3: Under a Łojasiewicz Condition the Adam ODE Converges to One Critical Point at Rate t^(−θ/(1−2θ))Research Paper

Motivation

Adam (Kingma and Ba, 2015) is the default optimizer for training neural networks. At each step it keeps an exponential moving average mmm of stochastic gradients and an exponential moving average vvv of their squared coordinates, corrects both for their initialization at zero (the bias correction), and moves the iterate by −γ m^/(ε+v^)-\gamma\,\hat m/(\varepsilon+\sqrt{\hat v})−γm^/(ε+v^​) coordinatewise.

Barakat and Bianchi (arXiv:1810.02263v4, SIAM J. Math. Data Sci. 2021) study Adam through the ODE method: as the step size γ→0\gamma\to0γ→0 with 1−α∼aγ1-\alpha\sim a\gamma1−α∼aγ and 1−β∼bγ1-\beta\sim b\gamma1−β∼bγ, the interpolated iterates follow a non-autonomous ordinary differential equation. Their Theorem 3.2 shows that the trajectory of this ODE approaches the critical set of the objective. That leaves open whether the trajectory settles at a single critical point, and how fast. For gradient-like systems the classical answer goes through the Łojasiewicz gradient inequality (Łojasiewicz, 1963, for real-analytic functions), and the dissipative-systems framework of Haraux and Jendoubi (2015) turns such an inequality into convergence with a rate. This mission formalizes the paper's Theorem 3.4, which brings that conclusion to the continuous-time Adam dynamics.

Timeline.

  • 1963: Łojasiewicz proves the gradient inequality for real-analytic functions and derives convergence of bounded gradient-flow trajectories.
  • 2009: Attouch and Bolte show convergence of the proximal algorithm under the Łojasiewicz property, with rates according to the exponent.
  • 2014: Bolte, Sabach and Teboulle prove the same kind of result for proximal alternating linearized minimization.
  • 2015: Haraux and Jendoubi collect the continuous-time theory for dissipative autonomous systems.
  • 2018–2021: Barakat and Bianchi prove the result for the Adam ODE, which is non-autonomous and has a singular field at t=0t=0t=0.

Setting

Let F:Rd→RF:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb RF:Rd→R be continuously differentiable with locally Lipschitz gradient ∇F\nabla F∇F, and let S:Rd→RdS:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb R^dS:Rd→Rd be locally Lipschitz. In the paper F(x)=Ef(x,ξ)F(x)=\mathbb E f(x,\xi)F(x)=Ef(x,ξ) and S(x)=E ∇f(x,ξ)⊙2S(x)=\mathbb E\,\nabla f(x,\xi)^{\odot2}S(x)=E∇f(x,ξ)⊙2. Its §7 uses only the two properties above, and so does this mission. Assume FFF is coercive (F(x)→+∞F(x)\to+\inftyF(x)→+∞ as ∥x∥→∞\|x\|\to\infty∥x∥→∞) and S(x)>0S(x)>0S(x)>0 coordinatewise for every xxx. Fix constants a,b,ε>0a,b,\varepsilon>0a,b,ε>0 with b≤4ab\le 4ab≤4a.

The state is z=(x,m,v)∈Z=Rd×Rd×Rdz=(x,m,v)\in\mathcal Z=\mathbb R^d\times\mathbb R^d\times\mathbb R^dz=(x,m,v)∈Z=Rd×Rd×Rd, and all vector operations are coordinatewise. The Adam field (3.3) is, for t>0t>0t>0,

h(t,z)=(−(1−e−at)−1mε+(1−e−bt)−1v, a(∇F(x)−m), b(S(x)−v)),h(t,z)=\Big(-\frac{(1-e^{-at})^{-1}m}{\varepsilon+\sqrt{(1-e^{-bt})^{-1}v}},\ a(\nabla F(x)-m),\ b(S(x)-v)\Big),h(t,z)=(−ε+(1−e−bt)−1v​(1−e−at)−1m​, a(∇F(x)−m), b(S(x)−v)),

and (ODE) is z˙(t)=h(t,z(t))\dot z(t)=h(t,z(t))z˙(t)=h(t,z(t)). A global solution with initial condition (x0,0,0)(x_0,0,0)(x0​,0,0) is a continuous z:[0,+∞)→Rd×Rd×[0,+∞)dz:[0,+\infty)\to\mathbb R^d\times\mathbb R^d\times[0,+\infty)^dz:[0,+∞)→Rd×Rd×[0,+∞)d that is continuously differentiable on (0,+∞)(0,+\infty)(0,+∞), satisfies (ODE) for every t>0t>0t>0, and has z(0)=(x0,0,0)z(0)=(x_0,0,0)z(0)=(x0​,0,0). The critical set is S={x:∇F(x)=0}\mathcal S=\{x:\nabla F(x)=0\}S={x:∇F(x)=0}.

A number θ\thetaθ is a Łojasiewicz exponent of FFF at x∗x^*x∗ if there are c>0c>0c>0 and σ>0\sigma>0σ>0 with

∥∇F(x)∥ ≥ c ∣F(x)−F(x∗)∣1−θwhenever ∥x−x∗∥≤σ.(3.7)\|\nabla F(x)\|\ \ge\ c\,|F(x)-F(x^*)|^{1-\theta}\qquad\text{whenever }\|x-x^*\|\le\sigma. \tag{3.7}∥∇F(x)∥ ≥ c∣F(x)−F(x∗)∣1−θwhenever ∥x−x∗∥≤σ.(3.7)

Assumption 3.3 (the Łojasiewicz property) requires an exponent θ∈(0,12]\theta\in(0,\tfrac12]θ∈(0,21​] at every x∗∈Sx^*\in\mathcal Sx∗∈S. It holds for real-analytic and semialgebraic FFF.

The proof uses the Lyapunov function V(t,z)=F(x)+12∑imi2/Ui(t,v)V(t,z)=F(x)+\tfrac12\sum_i m_i^2/U_i(t,v)V(t,z)=F(x)+21​∑i​mi2​/Ui​(t,v), where Ui(t,v)=a(1−e−at)(ε+vi/(1−e−bt))U_i(t,v)=a(1-e^{-at})(\varepsilon+\sqrt{v_i/(1-e^{-bt})})Ui​(t,v)=a(1−e−at)(ε+vi​/(1−e−bt)​) (3.4)–(3.5). It also uses its perturbation W~δ(t,z)=V(t,z)−δ⟨∇F(x),m⟩+δ∥S(x)−v∥2\tilde W_\delta(t,z)=V(t,z)-\delta\langle\nabla F(x),m\rangle+\delta\|S(x)-v\|^2W~δ​(t,z)=V(t,z)−δ⟨∇F(x),m⟩+δ∥S(x)−v∥2 (7.11) and wδ(t)=W~δ(t,z(t))w_\delta(t)=\tilde W_\delta(t,z(t))wδ​(t)=W~δ​(t,z(t)).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.4

Assume Assumption 3.3 and that F(S)F(\mathcal S)F(S) has empty interior in R\mathbb RR. Let z=(x,m,v)z=(x,m,v)z=(x,m,v) be a global solution with initial condition (x0,0,0)(x_0,0,0)(x0​,0,0). Then there is x∗∈Sx^*\in\mathcal Sx∗∈S with x(t)→x∗x(t)\to x^*x(t)→x∗ as t→∞t\to\inftyt→∞. Moreover, if θ∈(0,12]\theta\in(0,\tfrac12]θ∈(0,21​] is a Łojasiewicz exponent of FFF at x∗x^*x∗, then

∥x(t)−x∗∥≤C t−θ1−2θ(t>0)  if 0<θ<12,∥x(t)−x∗∥≤C e−δt(t≥0)  if θ=12,\|x(t)-x^*\|\le C\,t^{-\frac{\theta}{1-2\theta}}\quad(t>0)\ \text{ if }0<\theta<\tfrac12,\qquad \|x(t)-x^*\|\le C\,e^{-\delta t}\quad(t\ge0)\ \text{ if }\theta=\tfrac12,∥x(t)−x∗∥≤Ct−1−2θθ​(t>0)  if 0<θ<21​,∥x(t)−x∗∥≤Ce−δt(t≥0)  if θ=21​,

for a constant C>0C>0C>0 (and, in the second case, some δ>0\delta>0δ>0) depending on the trajectory, x∗x^*x∗ and θ\thetaθ but not on ttt.

Milestones

The milestones follow the proof in §7.4:

  • the decrease of VVV along the non-autonomous field (Lemma 7.5, VVV part);
  • convergence to the critical set (Theorem 3.2, restated here);
  • the upper bound (7.12) on wδw_\deltawδ​ by the four residual terms ∣F(x)∣|F(x)|∣F(x)∣, ∥m∥2\|m\|^2∥m∥2, ∥∇F(x)∥2\|\nabla F(x)\|^2∥∇F(x)∥2, ∥S(x)−v∥2\|S(x)-v\|^2∥S(x)−v∥2;
  • the absolute continuity of wδw_\deltawδ​ and the derivative bound (7.13);
  • the differential inequality w˙δ≤−c4 wδ2(1−θ)\dot w_\delta\le-c_4\,w_\delta^{2(1-\theta)}w˙δ​≤−c4​wδ2(1−θ)​ of step iv), after the limit value of F(x(t))F(x(t))F(x(t)) is normalised to 000.

Significance

Theorem 3.2 only places the limit points of the trajectory in S\mathcal SS. When S\mathcal SS contains a continuum of critical points, the trajectory could in principle drift along it forever. Theorem 3.4 excludes this under the Łojasiewicz property. It shows that continuous-time Adam has finite length and converges to one critical point, and it makes the speed explicit. The speed is polynomial with exponent θ/(1−2θ)\theta/(1-2\theta)θ/(1−2θ) in general and exponential when θ=12\theta=\tfrac12θ=21​, which holds for instance at a nondegenerate critical point. The theorem places continuous-time Adam in the same class as gradient flow, heavy-ball dynamics and proximal methods.

The result is proved in the paper (§7.4, with the final integration delegated to arguments of Haraux and Jendoubi). It has not, to current knowledge, been machine-checked. The mission produces a formal proof, together with formal statements of the Lyapunov estimates (7.12)–(7.13) for the Adam ODE. The Łojasiewicz-rate step is reusable for other perturbed gradient-like systems.

Difficulty

The standard Łojasiewicz argument for gradient flow uses FFF itself as the Lyapunov function, whose derivative is −∥∇F∥2-\|\nabla F\|^2−∥∇F∥2. For the Adam ODE neither FFF nor VVV works. VVV decreases only at the rate ∥m∥2\|m\|^2∥m∥2, which says nothing about ∥∇F(x)∥\|\nabla F(x)\|∥∇F(x)∥ when the momentum is small. The system is also non-autonomous, with a field that is singular at t=0t=0t=0 and only locally Lipschitz in zzz. As a result wδw_\deltawδ​ is only absolutely continuous, so all derivative inequalities hold only almost everywhere. A further obstacle is that the Łojasiewicz inequality at a single critical point does not by itself control the trajectory: the limit set is a connected compact subset of S\mathcal SS, and the inequality has to be made uniform on a neighbourhood of it. Finally, the rate has to be stated for an arbitrary exponent at the limit point, not only for the uniform exponent the argument produces.

Formalization scope

Rd\mathbb R^dRd is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d) and Z\mathcal ZZ is the product E × E × E, whose Mathlib norm is the maximum of the three Euclidean norms. This does not change any statement here, which concern xxx, mmm, vvv separately. FFF and SSS are abstract, under the hypotheses of §7 (ContDiff ℝ 1 F, LocallyLipschitz (gradient F), LocallyLipschitz S, S>0S>0S>0 coordinatewise, coercivity as Tendsto F (cocompact _) atTop). Under Assumption 2.2 the paper's FFF and SSS satisfy these, so the statements imply the printed ones. A solution is a map ℝ → E × E × E constrained only on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞). The field uses ∣v∣|v|∣v∣ in place of vvv (the paper's extension, p. 12) and is never evaluated at t=0t=0t=0. Statements are made for every global solution; there is exactly one (Theorem 3.1, a separate mission).

The polynomial bound is stated for t>0t>0t>0, because Lean's real power gives 0−r=00^{-r}=00−r=0 while the paper's right-hand side is +∞+\infty+∞ at t=0t=0t=0. The constant CCC is quantified before ttt. A version with CCC chosen after ttt, or one that assumes x(t)x(t)x(t) converges, would be trivial and is not the theorem. (7.13) states absolute continuity of wδw_\deltawδ​ on every [1,T][1,T][1,T] together with the almost-everywhere derivative bound, since an almost-everywhere bound alone says nothing about wδw_\deltawδ​.

A complete development needs the Lyapunov calculus of §7.1, compactness of the trajectory, the limit-set theory behind Theorem 3.2, the uniformisation of the Łojasiewicz inequality on a compact connected set of critical points, and the Haraux–Jendoubi integration lemmas. Contributions to the last two are reusable beyond this mission and are welcome, as are proofs of the individual milestones.

Selected references

  • A. Barakat and P. Bianchi, Convergence and Dynamical Behavior of the ADAM Algorithm for Nonconvex Stochastic Optimization, SIAM J. Math. Data Sci. 3(1), 2021; arXiv:1810.02263v4. https://arxiv.org/abs/1810.02263v4
  • D. P. Kingma and J. Ba, Adam: A Method for Stochastic Optimization, ICLR 2015. https://arxiv.org/abs/1412.6980
  • S. Łojasiewicz, Une propriété topologique des sous-ensembles analytiques réels, Les Équations aux Dérivées Partielles, CNRS, 1963, pp. 87–89.
  • A. Haraux and M. A. Jendoubi, The Convergence Problem for Dissipative Autonomous Systems, SpringerBriefs in Mathematics, 2015. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-23407-6
  • H. Attouch and J. Bolte, On the convergence of the proximal algorithm for nonsmooth functions involving analytic features, Math. Program. 116, 2009, pp. 5–16. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-007-0133-5
  • J. Bolte, S. Sabach and M. Teboulle, Proximal alternating linearized minimization for nonconvex and nonsmooth problems, Math. Program. 146, 2014, pp. 459–494. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-013-0701-9
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationMachine Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Revisiting Frank-Wolfe: Projection-Free Sparse Convex Optimization 1: All Four Frank-Wolfe Variants Reach Duality Gap ≤ 2βC_f(1+δ)/(K+2), β = 27/8, Within K IterationsResearch Paper

Why a duality-gap guarantee matters

The Frank–Wolfe method, also called the conditional-gradient method, minimizes a smooth convex objective over a compact convex set while asking only for a minimizer of a linear function over that set. In domains where a linear optimization oracle is easier than a projection, this distinction changes which algorithms are practical. Examples in Jaggi's paper include optimization over convex hulls of atomic sets, norm-constrained matrix problems, and domains where iterates can be stored as combinations of a few atoms (Jaggi 2013, §§1–2).

A bound on the unknown difference between the current objective and the optimum does not, by itself, tell an implementation when to stop. The duality gap in this paper can be computed from the same linear optimization problem the method already solves. It provides a certificate tied to the current iterate, so an observed small gap is meaningful even when the optimal objective value is unavailable. The paper's Theorem 2 guarantees that one of the first KKK iterates of four variants has such a certificate, including variants whose linear subproblems are solved only approximately (Jaggi 2013, PDF pp. 2–4).

Setting and notation

Let DDD be a compact convex subset of a real vector space and let fff be a convex, continuously differentiable real-valued function. The optimization problem is min⁡x∈Df(x)\min_{x\in D}f(x)minx∈D​f(x), and x∗∈Dx^*\in Dx∗∈D denotes a minimizer. A Frank–Wolfe step begins at x(k)x^{(k)}x(k), chooses an atom s(k)∈Ds^{(k)}\in Ds(k)∈D by approximately minimizing the linear function s↦⟨s,∇f(x(k))⟩s\mapsto\langle s,\nabla f(x^{(k)})\rangles↦⟨s,∇f(x(k))⟩, and forms a new point from the current point and the chosen atom. In Algorithm 1 the minimization is exact; Algorithm 2 allows an additive oracle error. Algorithm 3 uses a line search along the segment to the atom. Algorithm 4 minimizes over the convex hull of all atoms selected so far, including s(0)=x(0)s^{(0)}=x^{(0)}s(0)=x(0) (Jaggi 2013, Algorithms 1–4).

For x∈Dx\in Dx∈D, the paper defines the duality gap by

g(x)=max⁡s∈D⟨x−s,∇f(x)⟩.g(x)=\max_{s\in D}\langle x-s,\nabla f(x)\rangle.g(x)=s∈Dmax​⟨x−s,∇f(x)⟩.

Convexity gives 0≤f(x)−f(x∗)≤g(x)0\le f(x)-f(x^*)\le g(x)0≤f(x)−f(x∗)≤g(x). An exact minimizer of the linear subproblem attains the maximum defining g(x)g(x)g(x), so its chosen atom gives the certificate directly (Jaggi 2013, equation (2) and §2).

The curvature constant measures the scaled departure of fff from its linearization along chords of DDD:

Cf=sup⁡x,s∈D,  0<γ≤12γ2[f(x+γ(s−x))−f(x)−⟨γ(s−x),∇f(x)⟩].C_f=\sup_{x,s\in D,\;0<\gamma\le1}\frac{2}{\gamma^2}\left[f(x+\gamma(s-x))-f(x)-\langle\gamma(s-x),\nabla f(x)\rangle\right].Cf​=x,s∈D,0<γ≤1sup​γ22​[f(x+γ(s−x))−f(x)−⟨γ(s−x),∇f(x)⟩].

The paper uses CfC_fCf​ in both the oracle tolerance δγkCf/2\delta\gamma_k C_f/2δγk​Cf​/2 and the convergence bounds, where γk=2/(k+2)\gamma_k=2/(k+2)γk​=2/(k+2) and δ≥0\delta\ge0δ≥0 measures linear-subproblem accuracy. For a linear objective Cf=0C_f=0Cf​=0; for f(x)=∥x∥22/2f(x)=\|x\|_2^2/2f(x)=∥x∥22​/2, it is the squared Euclidean diameter of DDD (Jaggi 2013, equation (3) and §3).

Formalization targets

The milestone path records the linearization inequality and its primal-error certificate, the identity between the exact linear subproblem and the gap, and the paper's primal convergence Theorem 1:

f(x(k))−f(x∗)≤2Cfk+2(1+δ),k≥1.f(x^{(k)})-f(x^*)\le\frac{2C_f}{k+2}(1+\delta),\qquad k\ge1.f(x(k))−f(x∗)≤k+22Cf​​(1+δ),k≥1.

The mission goal is primal-dual convergence, Theorem 2. If one of Algorithms 1–4 runs for K≥2K\ge2K≥2 iterations, there is an index 1≤k^≤K1\le\widehat k\le K1≤k≤K for which

g(x(k^))≤2βCfK+2(1+δ),β=278.g(x^{(\widehat k)})\le\frac{2\beta C_f}{K+2}(1+\delta),\qquad\beta=\frac{27}{8}.g(x(k))≤K+22βCf​​(1+δ),β=827​.

Both targets retain the paper's constants and its approximate-oracle tolerance. The mission also states the paper's curvature examples, Lipschitz-gradient comparison, and invariance of curvature under affine reparameterization. These companions clarify what CfC_fCf​ measures; the goal itself is the duality-gap theorem (Jaggi 2013, PDF pp. 3–4).

What the result supplies

Theorem 2 converts a rate expressed using an unknown optimum into a guarantee about a quantity available through the algorithm's linear oracle. Combined with the certificate inequality, a small observed gap also bounds the primal error. The same theorem covers an exact oracle, an approximate oracle, line search, and full correction over past atoms, with one numerical constant. That common guarantee is the reason the four update rules belong in one formal target rather than four unrelated asymptotic statements (Jaggi 2013, Theorems 1–2).

The paper proves these statements; this mission asks for machine-checked proofs of their precise Lean versions. The source PDF held here is the nine-page published proceedings paper, which states the results but does not contain its supplementary appendices with proofs. A complete formal development would therefore also be useful as a self-contained account of the gap, curvature, and four algorithms. The definitions of the gap and curvature, and the exact-oracle certificate, can be reused in later convex-optimization developments.

Where the difficulty lies

Theorem 1 bounds the objective difference at each iterate, but the bound on g(x(k^))g(x^{(\widehat k)})g(x(k)) asks for a good certificate at some iterate in a finite window. A small primal error alone does not assert that the current linear oracle sees a small gap. The analysis has to connect the gap to progress across steps while accounting for the approximate linear oracle and for updates that differ from the fixed convex-combination step. The fully corrective variant also remembers all prior atoms, whereas the line-search variant chooses its step length from the current segment. These differences are present in the Lean step predicate and cannot be erased by assuming a gap bound on the run (Jaggi 2013, Algorithm 2–4 and Theorem 2).

Formalization scope

Lean represents DDD as a set in a real normed vector space and writes the pairing with ∇f(x)\nabla f(x)∇f(x) as the Fréchet derivative f′(x)f'(x)f′(x) applied to a displacement. The paper's footnote names a Hilbert space; the normed-space statement is a disclosed generalization because the results use the inner product only through the derivative pairing. Convexity is required on DDD, rather than on the whole ambient space, while the paper's continuously differentiable hypothesis is retained. Compactness, convexity, feasibility of x(0)x^{(0)}x(0), and existence of x∗x^*x∗ appear explicitly in the convergence statements.

The curvature supremum excludes γ=0\gamma=0γ=0, where the source formula contains division by zero. Its defining set is required to be bounded above when a convergence theorem treats CfC_fCf​ as a finite real number; compactness and an existing feasible point make the duality-gap supremum meaningful. The selected variant is one of four explicit step rules. Algorithm 3's oracle tolerance uses γk=2/(k+2)\gamma_k=2/(k+2)γk​=2/(k+2) before line search, and Algorithm 4's atom hull contains x(0)x^{(0)}x(0). The iterates are zero-based; the goal constrains the source algorithm's steps 0,…,K0,\ldots,K0,…,K and selects k^\widehat kk from 1,…,K1,\ldots,K1,…,K. For Algorithm 1, the exact oracle is encoded for all δ≥0\delta\ge0δ≥0; δ=0\delta=0δ=0 recovers the page's stated case.

The construction relies on Mathlib's topology, convexity, continuous derivatives, real suprema, metric diameter, and continuous affine maps. Contributions that prove the milestone certificates, establish the curvature identities, or connect the four concrete step rules to the main finite-iteration bound are in scope. A run hypothesis that directly bounds its gap or primal error would remove the assertion being formalized and is excluded.

Selected references

  • Martin Jaggi, Revisiting Frank-Wolfe: Projection-Free Sparse Convex Optimization, Proceedings of the 30th International Conference on Machine Learning, JMLR Workshop and Conference Proceedings 28, 2013. Published paper.
5 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

From Error Bounds to the Complexity of First-Order Descent Methods for Convex Functions 2: For Convex Functions, KL Inequalities Give Error Bounds and Moderate Error Bounds Give KL InequalitiesResearch Paper

Motivation

Complexity bounds for first-order methods (proximal gradient, forward–backward splitting, alternating minimization) rest on a quantitative description of how a function grows away from its set of minimizers. Two such descriptions are in common use. An error bound controls the distance to the minimizers by the function value; a Kurdyka–Łojasiewicz (KL) inequality controls the function value by the size of the subgradients, after a reparameterization φ\varphiφ. KL inequalities with an explicit φ\varphiφ are what the convergence-rate analysis of descent methods needs (Attouch–Bolte 2009, Bolte–Sabach–Teboulle 2014), while error bounds with explicit constants are known for many concrete problem classes (Hölderian bounds for convex polynomials, Hoffman-type bounds, the bounds surveyed by Pang 1997).

Bolte, Nguyen, Peypouquet and Suter (arXiv:1510.08234v3, Math. Program. 165 (2017)) show that for convex functions on a Hilbert space the two notions coincide, with essentially the same function φ\varphiφ, as soon as φ\varphiφ has a mild regularity property they call moderate behavior. This mission formalizes that equivalence (Theorem 5 of the paper) together with the subgradient-curve results its proof rests on.

Timeline:

  • 1963: Łojasiewicz's gradient inequality for real-analytic functions; 1998: Kurdyka's extension to functions definable in o-minimal structures.
  • 1973: Brézis (reference [23] of the paper) proves existence, uniqueness and regularity of solutions of χ˙∈−∂f(χ)\dot\chi \in -\partial f(\chi)χ˙​∈−∂f(χ) for convex lower semicontinuous fff on a Hilbert space; 1975: Bruck proves weak convergence of these curves to a minimizer.
  • 2007–2010: Bolte, Daniilidis, Lewis (and Ley, Mazet) establish the nonsmooth KL inequality and relate it to the length of subgradient curves (Bolte–Daniilidis–Ley–Mazet 2010).
  • 2016: the present paper proves the KL/error-bound equivalence for convex functions in Hilbert spaces.

Setting

Let HHH be a real Hilbert space and f:H→(−∞,+∞]f : H \to (-\infty, +\infty]f:H→(−∞,+∞] a proper, convex, lower semicontinuous function. Its minimizers form the set S=argmin⁡fS = \operatorname{argmin} fS=argminf, assumed nonempty, and fff is normalized so that min⁡f=0\min f = 0minf=0. The subdifferential of fff at xxx is

∂f(x)={u∈H:f(y)≥f(x)+⟨u,y−x⟩ for all y∈H},\partial f(x) = \{u \in H : f(y) \ge f(x) + \langle u, y - x\rangle \ \text{for all } y \in H\},∂f(x)={u∈H:f(y)≥f(x)+⟨u,y−x⟩ for all y∈H},

and dom⁡∂f\operatorname{dom}\partial fdom∂f is the set of points where it is nonempty. For x∈dom⁡∂fx \in \operatorname{dom}\partial fx∈dom∂f, ∂0f(x)\partial^0 f(x)∂0f(x) is the element of least norm of ∂f(x)\partial f(x)∂f(x); for x∉dom⁡∂fx \notin \operatorname{dom}\partial fx∈/dom∂f one sets ∥∂0f(x)∥=+∞\|\partial^0 f(x)\| = +\infty∥∂0f(x)∥=+∞. The band [0<f<r0][0 < f < r_0][0<f<r0​] is {x:0<f(x)<r0}\{x : 0 < f(x) < r_0\}{x:0<f(x)<r0​}, and B(xˉ,ρ)B(\bar x, \rho)B(xˉ,ρ) is the ball of radius ρ\rhoρ around xˉ\bar xxˉ.

A desingularizing function is an element of

K(0,r0)={φ∈C0[0,r0)∩C1(0,r0):φ(0)=0, φ concave, φ′>0}.\mathcal K(0, r_0) = \{\varphi \in C^0[0, r_0) \cap C^1(0, r_0) : \varphi(0) = 0,\ \varphi \text{ concave},\ \varphi' > 0\}.K(0,r0​)={φ∈C0[0,r0​)∩C1(0,r0​):φ(0)=0, φ concave, φ′>0}.

fff satisfies the KL inequality on [0<f<r0]∩B(xˉ,ρ)[0 < f < r_0] \cap B(\bar x, \rho)[0<f<r0​]∩B(xˉ,ρ) with φ\varphiφ if φ′(f(x)) ∥∂0f(x)∥≥1\varphi'(f(x))\,\|\partial^0 f(x)\| \ge 1φ′(f(x))∥∂0f(x)∥≥1 there, and the error bound with residual function φ\varphiφ if dist⁡(x,S)≤φ(f(x))\operatorname{dist}(x, S) \le \varphi(f(x))dist(x,S)≤φ(f(x)) there. φ\varphiφ has moderate behavior if sφ′(s)≥cφ(s)s\varphi'(s) \ge c\varphi(s)sφ′(s)≥cφ(s) on (0,r0)(0, r_0)(0,r0​) for some c>0c > 0c>0.

A subgradient curve issued from x∈dom⁡f‾x \in \overline{\operatorname{dom} f}x∈domf​ is a curve χx:[0,∞)→H\chi_x : [0, \infty) \to Hχx​:[0,∞)→H with χx(0)=x\chi_x(0) = xχx​(0)=x and χ˙x(t)∈−∂f(χx(t))\dot\chi_x(t) \in -\partial f(\chi_x(t))χ˙​x​(t)∈−∂f(χx​(t)) for almost every t>0t > 0t>0; its length between ttt and sss is length⁡(χx,t,s)=∫ts∥χ˙x(τ)∥ dτ\operatorname{length}(\chi_x, t, s) = \int_t^s \|\dot\chi_x(\tau)\|\,d\taulength(χx​,t,s)=∫ts​∥χ˙​x​(τ)∥dτ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5 (p. 8)

Let r0>0r_0 > 0r0​>0, φ∈K(0,r0)\varphi \in \mathcal K(0, r_0)φ∈K(0,r0​), c>0c > 0c>0, ρ>0\rho > 0ρ>0 and xˉ∈S\bar x \in Sxˉ∈S. Then

(φ′(f) ∥∂0f∥≥1 on [0<f<r0]∩B(xˉ,ρ)) ⟹ (dist⁡(⋅,S)≤φ(f) on [0<f<r0]∩B(xˉ,ρ)),\Big(\varphi'(f)\,\|\partial^0 f\| \ge 1 \text{ on } [0<f<r_0]\cap B(\bar x,\rho)\Big) \ \Longrightarrow\ \Big(\operatorname{dist}(\cdot, S) \le \varphi(f) \text{ on } [0<f<r_0]\cap B(\bar x,\rho)\Big),(φ′(f)∥∂0f∥≥1 on [0<f<r0​]∩B(xˉ,ρ)) ⟹ (dist(⋅,S)≤φ(f) on [0<f<r0​]∩B(xˉ,ρ)),

and, if sφ′(s)≥cφ(s)s\varphi'(s) \ge c\varphi(s)sφ′(s)≥cφ(s) on (0,r0)(0, r_0)(0,r0​),

(dist⁡(⋅,S)≤φ(f) on [0<f<r0]∩B(xˉ,ρ)) ⟹ (φ′(f) ∥∂0f∥≥c on [0<f<r0]∩B(xˉ,ρ)).\Big(\operatorname{dist}(\cdot, S) \le \varphi(f) \text{ on } [0<f<r_0]\cap B(\bar x,\rho)\Big) \ \Longrightarrow\ \Big(\varphi'(f)\,\|\partial^0 f\| \ge c \text{ on } [0<f<r_0]\cap B(\bar x,\rho)\Big).(dist(⋅,S)≤φ(f) on [0<f<r0​]∩B(xˉ,ρ)) ⟹ (φ′(f)∥∂0f∥≥c on [0<f<r0​]∩B(xˉ,ρ)).

Both directions form the single goal theorem.

Milestones

  • Theorem 1 (Brézis, Bruck; p. 5): existence and uniqueness of the subgradient curve from each x∈dom⁡f‾x \in \overline{\operatorname{dom} f}x∈domf​; ddtχx(t+)=−∂0f(χx(t))\frac{d}{dt}\chi_x(t^+) = -\partial^0 f(\chi_x(t))dtd​χx​(t+)=−∂0f(χx​(t)) and ddtf(χx(t+))=−∥χ˙x(t+)∥2\frac{d}{dt}f(\chi_x(t^+)) = -\|\dot\chi_x(t^+)\|^2dtd​f(χx​(t+))=−∥χ˙​x​(t+)∥2 for all t>0t > 0t>0; ∥χx(t)−z∥\|\chi_x(t) - z\|∥χx​(t)−z∥ (z∈Sz \in Sz∈S) and f(χx(t))f(\chi_x(t))f(χx​(t)) nonincreasing, with f(χx(t))→min⁡ff(\chi_x(t)) \to \min ff(χx​(t))→minf. Part v) (weak convergence) is not needed and is not stated.
  • Theorem 27 (p. 25): for xˉ∈S\bar x \in Sxˉ∈S, ρ>0\rho > 0ρ>0, φ∈K(0,r0)\varphi \in \mathcal K(0, r_0)φ∈K(0,r0​), the KL inequality on B(xˉ,ρ)∩[0<f<r0]B(\bar x, \rho) \cap [0 < f < r_0]B(xˉ,ρ)∩[0<f<r0​] is equivalent to
length⁡(χx,t,s)≤φ(f(χx(t)))−φ(f(χx(s)))(x∈B(xˉ,ρ)∩[0<f≤r0], 0≤t<s),\operatorname{length}(\chi_x, t, s) \le \varphi(f(\chi_x(t))) - \varphi(f(\chi_x(s)))\quad (x \in B(\bar x,\rho)\cap[0<f\le r_0],\ 0 \le t < s),length(χx​,t,s)≤φ(f(χx​(t)))−φ(f(χx​(s)))(x∈B(xˉ,ρ)∩[0<f≤r0​], 0≤t<s),

and then χx(t)\chi_x(t)χx​(t) converges strongly to a minimizer.

Significance

Theorem 5 makes the computation of desingularizing functions a matter of proving error bounds. Since every semi-algebraic or subanalytic φ\varphiφ has moderate behavior (Lemma 4 of the paper), any known error bound with such a residual function yields a KL inequality with the same function up to the constant ccc, and through the complexity theorem of §4 of the paper an explicit iteration bound for subgradient descent sequences. The paper uses this route to obtain the linear rate of ISTA for ℓ1\ell^1ℓ1-regularized least squares and complexity bounds for projection methods.

The result is proved in the paper; to our knowledge none of it is machine-checked. A formalization adds three things: a Lean development of the Brézis subgradient semiflow on a general real Hilbert space (cited, not proved, in the paper), a checked proof of the length estimate of Theorem 27, and the two directions of Theorem 5 on top of them. The semiflow results are reusable well beyond this paper: they underlie the continuous-time analysis of proximal and gradient methods.

Difficulty

Direction (ii) is elementary convex analysis. Direction (i) is not: the error bound is a statement about dist⁡(x,S)\operatorname{dist}(x, S)dist(x,S), while the hypothesis only constrains subgradients on a band, and the minimizer realizing the bound must be produced. The paper produces it as the strong limit of the subgradient curve from xxx, which requires the existence and regularity theory of the nonlinear evolution equation χ˙∈−∂f(χ)\dot\chi \in -\partial f(\chi)χ˙​∈−∂f(χ) in an infinite-dimensional Hilbert space (Theorem 1), the energy identity along the curve, and strong (not merely weak) convergence. In finite dimensions compactness would supply limit points; in a Hilbert space Bruck's theorem only gives weak convergence, and it is the length bound of Theorem 27 that upgrades it. Neither the semiflow nor absolutely continuous Hilbert-valued curves with their a.e. derivative calculus are developed in Mathlib to the extent this needs.

Formalization scope

  • HHH is [NormedAddCommGroup H] [InnerProductSpace ℝ H] [CompleteSpace H]; f:H→f : H \tof:H→ EReal with the published GammaZero f (never −∞-\infty−∞, somewhere finite, convex epigraph, lower semicontinuous) and the published subdifferential subgrad. min⁡f=0\min f = 0minf=0 is the hypothesis "f≥0f \ge 0f≥0 and fff attains 000"; SSS is argminSet f, dist⁡(x,S)\operatorname{dist}(x, S)dist(x,S) is Metric.infDist.
  • K(0,r0)\mathcal K(0, r_0)K(0,r0​) is the published IsDesingularizer r0 φ for φ:R→R\varphi : \mathbb R \to \mathbb Rφ:R→R; values outside [0,r0)[0, r_0)[0,r0​) are irrelevant, and φ′\varphi'φ′ is deriv φ, used only on (0,r0)(0, r_0)(0,r0​).
  • "φ′(f(x)) ∥∂0f(x)∥≥κ\varphi'(f(x))\,\|\partial^0 f(x)\| \ge \kappaφ′(f(x))∥∂0f(x)∥≥κ" is formalized as "φ′(f(x)) ∥v∥≥κ\varphi'(f(x))\,\|v\| \ge \kappaφ′(f(x))∥v∥≥κ for every v∈∂f(x)v \in \partial f(x)v∈∂f(x)", which encodes the convention ∥∂0f(x)∥=+∞\|\partial^0 f(x)\| = +\infty∥∂0f(x)∥=+∞ off dom⁡∂f\operatorname{dom}\partial fdom∂f. Balls are open.
  • A subgradient curve is continuous on [0,∞)[0, \infty)[0,∞), absolutely continuous on every compact subinterval of (0,∞)(0, \infty)(0,∞) (and on every [0,b][0, b][0,b] when f(x)<+∞f(x) < +\inftyf(x)<+∞), and satisfies the inclusion at almost every t>0t > 0t>0; length is a [0,+∞][0, +\infty][0,+∞]-valued integral. Statements quantify over every curve from xxx; Theorem 1 makes this "the" curve.
  • In Theorem 27 ii) the length bound is required whenever f(χx(t))<r0f(\chi_x(t)) < r_0f(χx​(t))<r0​, since φ\varphiφ is undefined at r0r_0r0​.
  • A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the curve predicate is shown non-vacuous by the existence milestone (and is satisfied by χ(t)=xe−t\chi(t) = x e^{-t}χ(t)=xe−t for f(y)=y2/2f(y) = y^2/2f(y)=y2/2 on R\mathbb RR), and the KL hypothesis quantifies over all subgradients, so it cannot be met by choosing a convenient one.
  • Theorem indices and pages are those of the arXiv preprint version 3 (arXiv:1510.08234v3), not of the journal version.
  • Welcome contributions: the Brézis theory (Theorem 1), possibly via the Moreau–Yosida approximation or the proximal (implicit Euler) scheme; calculus for absolutely continuous Hilbert-valued curves; proofs of Theorem 27 and of Theorem 5.

Selected references

  • J. Bolte, T. P. Nguyen, J. Peypouquet, B. W. Suter, From error bounds to the complexity of first-order descent methods for convex functions, Math. Program. 165 (2017) 471–507; arXiv:1510.08234v3. https://arxiv.org/abs/1510.08234v3, https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-016-1091-6
  • H. Brézis, Opérateurs maximaux monotones et semi-groupes de contractions dans les espaces de Hilbert, North-Holland Mathematics Studies 5, 1973 (reference [23] of arXiv:1510.08234v3).
  • R. E. Bruck, Asymptotic convergence of nonlinear contraction semigroups in Hilbert space, J. Funct. Anal. 18 (1975) 15–26. https://doi.org/10.1016/0022-1236(75)90027-0
  • J. Bolte, A. Daniilidis, O. Ley, L. Mazet, Characterizations of Łojasiewicz inequalities: subgradient flows, talweg, convexity, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 362 (2010) 3319–3363. https://doi.org/10.1090/S0002-9947-09-05048-X
  • H. Attouch, J. Bolte, On the convergence of the proximal algorithm for nonsmooth functions involving analytic features, Math. Program. 116 (2009) 5–16. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-007-0133-5
  • J. Bolte, S. Sabach, M. Teboulle, Proximal alternating linearized minimization for nonconvex and nonsmooth problems, Math. Program. 146 (2014) 459–494. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-013-0701-9
  • J.-S. Pang, Error bounds in mathematical programming, Math. Program. 79 (1997) 299–332. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02614322
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Constrained Assortment Optimization for the Nested Logit Model 3: Under Cardinality Constraints, O(n²) Candidate Assortments per Nest Include an Optimal Solution of Problem (7) for Every u ≥ 0Research Paper

Motivation

A retailer that decides which products to put on a shelf, or an airline that decides which fare classes to open, faces an assortment problem: the set of products offered changes which product a customer buys, and the firm wants the offer set that maximizes expected revenue. When customers first pick a category (a brand, a store aisle, a flight time) and then a product within it, the standard choice model is the nested logit model of Williams (1977) and McFadden (1978). Real offer sets are constrained: a shelf section displays at most a fixed number of products, and that limit is set per category.

Gallego and Topaloglu (Management Science, 2014) study assortment optimization under the nested logit model when the assortment in each nest must satisfy a cardinality or a space constraint. Their method reduces the joint problem over all nests to a small linear program, provided that each nest admits a short list of candidate assortments that always contains an optimal solution of a one-parameter single-nest subproblem. This mission formalizes the cardinality case, where the paper shows such a list of O(n2)O(n^2)O(n2) candidates exists. For a single nest and the multinomial logit model, the cardinality-constrained problem was solved earlier by Rusmevichientong, Shen and Shmoys (Operations Research, 2010).

Setting

There are nests i∈Mi \in Mi∈M and products j∈N={1,…,n}j \in N = \{1, \dots, n\}j∈N={1,…,n} in every nest. Product jjj of nest iii has a preference weight vij>0v_{ij} > 0vij​>0 and a revenue rij∈Rr_{ij} \in \mathbb{R}rij​∈R. An assortment of nest iii is a subset Si⊆NS_i \subseteq NSi​⊆N (the paper writes it as a vector Si∈{0,1}nS_i \in \{0,1\}^nSi​∈{0,1}n; the empty assortment is 0ˉ\bar 00ˉ). The total preference weight and the expected revenue of nest iii given that the customer chooses it are

Vi(Si)=∑j∈Sivij,Ri(Si)=∑j∈SivijrijVi(Si),V_i(S_i) = \sum_{j \in S_i} v_{ij}, \qquad R_i(S_i) = \frac{\sum_{j \in S_i} v_{ij} r_{ij}}{V_i(S_i)},Vi​(Si​)=j∈Si​∑​vij​,Ri​(Si​)=Vi​(Si​)∑j∈Si​​vij​rij​​,

with Ri(0ˉ)=0R_i(\bar 0) = 0Ri​(0ˉ)=0. Under cardinality constraints the feasible assortments of nest iii are

Ci={Si∈{0,1}n:∑j∈NSij≤ci},\mathcal C_i = \Bigl\{ S_i \in \{0,1\}^n : \sum_{j \in N} S_{ij} \le c_i \Bigr\},Ci​={Si​∈{0,1}n:j∈N∑​Sij​≤ci​},

where ci∈Nc_i \in \mathbb{N}ci​∈N is the maximum number of products that can be offered in nest iii.

For a parameter u≥0u \ge 0u≥0, the paper's single-nest problem (7) is

max⁡Si∈Ci  Vi(Si) (Ri(Si)−u).\max_{S_i \in \mathcal C_i} \; V_i(S_i)\,\bigl(R_i(S_i) - u\bigr).Si​∈Ci​max​Vi​(Si​)(Ri​(Si​)−u).

By identity (8), its objective equals ∑j∈Sivij(rij−u)\sum_{j \in S_i} v_{ij}(r_{ij} - u)∑j∈Si​​vij​(rij​−u), so under cardinality constraints (7) is the unit-weight knapsack problem (9)

max⁡{∑j∈Nvij(rij−u) xij:∑j∈Nxij≤ci, xij∈{0,1}}.\max\Bigl\{ \sum_{j \in N} v_{ij}(r_{ij} - u)\, x_{ij} : \sum_{j \in N} x_{ij} \le c_i,\ x_{ij} \in \{0,1\} \Bigr\}.max{j∈N∑​vij​(rij​−u)xij​:j∈N∑​xij​≤ci​, xij​∈{0,1}}.

The utility lines of the products are fij(u)=vij(rij−u)f_{ij}(u) = v_{ij}(r_{ij} - u)fij​(u)=vij​(rij​−u) for j∈Nj \in Nj∈N, together with fi0(u)=0f_{i0}(u) = 0fi0​(u)=0.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5 (p. 17)

For every nest iii there is a collection {Ait:t∈Ti}⊆Ci\{A_i^t : t \in \mathcal T_i\} \subseteq \mathcal C_i{Ait​:t∈Ti​}⊆Ci​, fixed before uuu is chosen, with

∣Ti∣≤(n+1)2,|\mathcal T_i| \le (n+1)^2,∣Ti​∣≤(n+1)2,

such that for every u≥0u \ge 0u≥0 some AitA_i^tAit​ is an optimal solution of problem (7):

Vi(Ait)(Ri(Ait)−u)≥Vi(Si)(Ri(Si)−u)for all Si∈Ci.V_i(A_i^t)\bigl(R_i(A_i^t) - u\bigr) \ge V_i(S_i)\bigl(R_i(S_i) - u\bigr) \quad \text{for all } S_i \in \mathcal C_i.Vi​(Ait​)(Ri​(Ait​)−u)≥Vi​(Si​)(Ri​(Si​)−u)for all Si​∈Ci​.

The paper states ∣Ti∣=O(n2)|\mathcal T_i| = O(n^2)∣Ti​∣=O(n2). The goal pins this to (n+1)2(n+1)^2(n+1)2, which the paper's count of the intersection points of the utility lines supports, and leaves the exact constant unfixed beyond that.

Milestones

  1. Identity (8), p. 15. Vi(Si)(Ri(Si)−u)=∑j∈Sivij(rij−u)V_i(S_i)(R_i(S_i) - u) = \sum_{j \in S_i} v_{ij}(r_{ij} - u)Vi​(Si​)(Ri​(Si​)−u)=∑j∈Si​​vij​(rij​−u) for every assortment and every uuu.
  2. Greedy solves (9), p. 16. A set made of products with positive utility, chosen in decreasing order of utility, up to cic_ici​ products, is optimal for (9).
  3. Order and signs determine the optimum, pp. 16–17. If two values u,u′u, u'u,u′ order the utilities {fij}\{f_{ij}\}{fij​} the same way and give them the same signs, then the optimal solutions of (9) at uuu and at u′u'u′ coincide.

Significance

Combined with the paper's Theorem 4 (candidates containing an optimal solution of (7) for every u≥0u \ge 0u≥0 contain an optimal combination for the full problem) and Theorem 2 (the best combination of candidates is found by a linear program), Theorem 5 shows that the nested logit assortment problem with per-nest cardinality limits is solved exactly by a linear program with 1+m1+m1+m variables and O(mn2)O(mn^2)O(mn2) constraints. The same parametric argument, in which a one-dimensional parameter uuu sweeps the line and the combinatorial optimum changes only at intersection points of finitely many lines, recurs in the paper's treatment of space constraints and of joint assortment and pricing.

The result is proved in the paper; it has no machine-checked proof. A formal proof also makes explicit two points the paper leaves to the reader: that a solution optimal on an open interval of uuu remains optimal at its endpoints, and how ties between utilities are handled.

Difficulty

The parameter uuu ranges over an uncountable set, and the number of feasible assortments, ∑k≤ci(nk)\sum_{k \le c_i}\binom{n}{k}∑k≤ci​​(kn​), is exponential in nnn when cic_ici​ grows with nnn. Taking the candidates to be all of Ci\mathcal C_iCi​ satisfies everything except the size bound, and choosing a different collection for each uuu satisfies the size bound trivially. The content is the uniform bound with the collection chosen first. The step that needs care is passing from "the optimum does not change inside an interval between breakpoints" to a statement covering every u≥0u \ge 0u≥0, including the breakpoints themselves, where ties occur and the greedy choice is not unique.

Formalization scope

  • Products are Fin n (0-based); assortments are Finset (Fin n) and 0ˉ\bar 00ˉ is ∅; cic_ici​ is a natural number.
  • The instance is the published NestedLogitVariants.LP.Instance, with V, R from NestedLogitVariants.LP.Model. That model carries a within-nest no-purchase weight vnp i; every statement assumes vnp i = 0, which is this paper's model, so V I i S = ∑ j ∈ S, I.v i j. The paper's extension Vi(Si)=vi01(Si≠0ˉ)+∑jvijSijV_i(S_i) = v_{i0}\mathbf 1(S_i \ne \bar 0) + \sum_j v_{ij} S_{ij}Vi​(Si​)=vi0​1(Si​=0ˉ)+∑j​vij​Sij​ (p. 15) is not formalized.
  • Positive preference weights vij>0v_{ij} > 0vij​>0 are stated as a hypothesis (the paper's derivation vij=euˉij/γiv_{ij} = e^{\bar u_{ij}/\gamma_i}vij​=euˉij​/γi​ makes them positive but the page does not restate it). Revenues are arbitrary reals; no ordering or sign is assumed.
  • Ri(0ˉ)=0R_i(\bar 0) = 0Ri​(0ˉ)=0 by Lean's x/0=0x/0 = 0x/0=0, which is the paper's convention.
  • Problem (7) involves neither the dissimilarity parameters γi\gamma_iγi​ nor v0v_0v0​; the statements are per nest.
  • The local definition module ConstrNestedLogit.Card.Knapsack defines fijf_{ij}fij​, the objective of (9), and optimality for (7) and (9) over Ci\mathcal C_iCi​.

The goal cannot be satisfied by an unbounded collection (A=CiA = \mathcal C_iA=Ci​ is excluded by the bound (n+1)2(n+1)^2(n+1)2), by a collection chosen after uuu (the collection is quantified first), or by a special case of the constraint: cic_ici​ is arbitrary, and the optimal member must beat every assortment of Ci\mathcal C_iCi​, not only the other candidates.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the three milestones and the goal; a general lemma that finitely many affine functions of one real variable keep a fixed weak order and sign pattern between consecutive pairwise intersection points, which is reusable for the paper's §5 and §6 and for other parametric optimization results.

Selected references

  • G. Gallego and H. Topaloglu, Constrained Assortment Optimization for the Nested Logit Model, Management Science 60(10), 2014. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2014.1931 (authors' manuscript of September 11, 2013).
  • H. C. W. L. Williams, On the formation of travel demand models and economic evaluation measures of user benefit, Environment and Planning A 9(3), 1977. https://doi.org/10.1068/a090285
  • D. McFadden, Modeling the choice of residential location, in A. Karlqvist et al. (eds.), Spatial Interaction Theory and Planning Models, North-Holland, 1978.
  • P. Rusmevichientong, Z.-J. M. Shen and D. B. Shmoys, Dynamic assortment optimization with a multinomial logit choice model and capacity constraint, Operations Research 58(6), 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1100.0866
  • K. Talluri and G. van Ryzin, Revenue management under a general discrete choice model of consumer behavior, Management Science 50(1), 2004. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1030.0147
6 thms1 active userReviewed
🏆Completed
Linear OptimizationOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Constrained Assortment Optimization for the Nested Logit Model 1: The Assortment Stitched from the Linear Program (4) Is the Best Among All Combinations of the Candidate AssortmentsResearch Paper

Motivation

An assortment planner chooses which products to offer to arriving customers. When products are grouped into nests, a customer's choice of nest depends on all the assortments offered at once. A planner may nevertheless be able to generate only a short list of promising assortments for each nest. The remaining task is to choose one assortment from each list so that their combined expected revenue is as large as possible. Testing every combination requires a number of evaluations equal to the product of the list sizes. Gallego and Topaloglu show that the choice can instead be described through a linear program whose number of constraints grows with the sum of those sizes; this is Theorem 2 of their 2014 paper, in the authors' September 11, 2013 manuscript, pp. 10–12.

This mission isolates that selection result. Later parts of the paper address how to construct useful candidate lists under cardinality, space, and pricing constraints. Here the candidates are already given, and the question is which combination earns the most. The result matters whenever the candidate lists are much smaller than the space of all assortments: it makes the last step of those algorithms an exact optimization over the candidates, without enumerating their Cartesian product.

Setting

Let MMM be a finite set of nests and NNN a finite set of products available in each nest. An assortment Si⊆NS_i\subseteq NSi​⊆N is the set offered in nest iii. Product jjj in nest iii has preference weight vij>0v_{ij}>0vij​>0 and revenue rij∈Rr_{ij}\in\mathbb Rrij​∈R. The empty assortment is allowed. The main model has no within-nest no-purchase option, so its total offered weight is Vi(Si)=∑j∈SivijV_i(S_i)=\sum_{j\in S_i}v_{ij}Vi​(Si​)=∑j∈Si​​vij​. The conditional revenue in nest iii is Ri(Si)=∑j∈Sivijrij/Vi(Si)R_i(S_i)=\sum_{j\in S_i}v_{ij}r_{ij}/V_i(S_i)Ri​(Si​)=∑j∈Si​​vij​rij​/Vi​(Si​), with Ri(∅)=0R_i(\varnothing)=0Ri​(∅)=0 under the paper's 0/0=00/0=00/0=0 convention.

The weight of no purchase outside the nests is v0>0v_0>0v0​>0. Each nest has a dissimilarity parameter γi∈(0,1]\gamma_i\in(0,1]γi​∈(0,1]. Its attraction weight is Vi(Si)γiV_i(S_i)^{\gamma_i}Vi​(Si​)γi​. The expected revenue of a combined assortment S=(Si)i∈MS=(S_i)_{i\in M}S=(Si​)i∈M​ is

Π(S)=∑i∈MVi(Si)γiRi(Si)v0+∑i∈MVi(Si)γi.\Pi(S)=\frac{\sum_{i\in M}V_i(S_i)^{\gamma_i}R_i(S_i)} {v_0+\sum_{i\in M}V_i(S_i)^{\gamma_i}}.Π(S)=v0​+∑i∈M​Vi​(Si​)γi​∑i∈M​Vi​(Si​)γi​Ri​(Si​)​.

For each nest, AiA_iAi​ is a finite nonempty collection of candidate assortments. The paper obtains these from a feasible set CiC_iCi​, which may impose a cardinality or space constraint; Theorem 2 compares only combinations drawn from the supplied candidates. Equation (2) defines a real scalar z^\widehat zz through the maximum, over AiA_iAi​ separately, of Vi(Si)γi(Ri(Si)−z)V_i(S_i)^{\gamma_i}(R_i(S_i)-z)Vi​(Si​)γi​(Ri​(Si​)−z). Problem (3) selects a maximizing candidate S^i\widehat S_iSi​ in each nest at that scalar. Linear program (4) has decision variables (z,yi)i∈M(z,y_i)_{i\in M}(z,yi​)i∈M​, minimizes zzz, and imposes v0z≥∑iyiv_0z\ge\sum_i y_iv0​z≥∑i​yi​ and yi≥Vi(Si)γi(Ri(Si)−z)y_i\ge V_i(S_i)^{\gamma_i}(R_i(S_i)-z)yi​≥Vi​(Si​)γi​(Ri​(Si​)−z) for every iii and every Si∈AiS_i\in A_iSi​∈Ai​.

Formalization targets

The goal is the exact candidate-selection claim of Theorem 2. If (z^,y^)(\widehat z,\widehat y)(z,y​) minimizes zzz among all feasible pairs of program (4), and every S^i\widehat S_iSi​ solves problem (3) at z^\widehat zz, then

Π(S1,…,Sm)≤Π(S^1,…,S^m)for every Si∈Ai.\Pi(S_1,\ldots,S_m)\le\Pi(\widehat S_1,\ldots,\widehat S_m) \qquad\text{for every }S_i\in A_i.Π(S1​,…,Sm​)≤Π(S1​,…,Sm​)for every Si​∈Ai​.

The milestones record three statements from pp. 11–12: equation (2) has a unique real root; the balance equation and its inequality form characterize the expected revenue of a fixed assortment; and Lemma 1 identifies the root as the best revenue attainable from candidate combinations while showing that local maximizers attain it. They separate the paper's numerical characterization of the best candidate revenue from its LP formulation. The target does not prescribe how the candidate lists were generated or claim that the selected combination is best among assortments outside those lists.

Significance

The theorem gives an exact, compact choice rule for assembling nestwise candidates. If the lists contain useful assortments under the original constraints, their best combination can be selected through program (4). The rest of the paper establishes candidate-generation and approximation results under particular constraint families; the stitching theorem supplies the common final selection step for those results. A larger candidate list may improve the obtainable revenue, but its Cartesian product need not be searched explicitly. The authors' manuscript, p. 12, states that program (4) has 1+m1+m1+m variables and 1+∑i∣Ti∣1+\sum_i|T_i|1+∑i​∣Ti​∣ constraints when the candidates are indexed by TiT_iTi​.

Formalizing the theorem yields a reusable statement about the interaction of a fractional revenue objective, independent nestwise candidate families, and a shared scalar LP. The published Prove2Me definition NestedLogitVariants.LP.Model already supplies the instance, ViV_iVi​, RiR_iRi​, Π\PiΠ, and the feasibility and optimality predicates for program (4). Its previously proved lp4_opt_binding concerns an equality at an LP optimum under ordered, nonnegative revenues; it does not contain Theorem 2's maximality claim under this paper's revenue assumptions. The four statements in this mission are draft targets awaiting machine-checked proofs.

Difficulty

Optimizing a candidate independently in every nest at an arbitrary value of zzz does not generally optimize the combined revenue: the revenue denominator couples all nests. Likewise, an LP-feasible value need not be its minimum, and using such a value in problem (3) does not establish the theorem. The substantive assertion is that choosing the local maximizers at the optimal LP value solves the combined selection problem. The unique-root statement also needs care at empty assortments, where a nest contributes zero attraction and the conditional revenue uses the paper's 0/00/00/0 convention.

Formalization scope

Nests are represented by any finite type, and products by Fin n, indexed 0,…,n−10,\ldots,n-10,…,n−1 rather than the paper's 1,…,n1,\ldots,n1,…,n. A Boolean offer vector is represented by Finset (Fin n); 0‾\overline 00 is the empty finset. Each AiA_iAi​ is a finite set of such assortments. There is no single-nest or γi=1\gamma_i=1γi​=1 specialization, and no substitution of all possible assortments for the supplied candidates. The LP assumption is its full minimum objective property, not merely feasibility. The imported LP4Optimal predicate uses a set of candidates, supplied by coercing each finite AiA_iAi​ to a set.

The source's main model is selected from the imported general instance by setting vi0=0v_{i0}=0vi0​=0. In the paper's later extension, Vi(Si)=vi01(Si≠0‾)+∑jvijSijV_i(S_i)=v_{i0}\mathbf1(S_i\ne\overline0)+\sum_jv_{ij}S_{ij}Vi​(Si​)=vi0​1(Si​=0)+∑j​vij​Sij​; this is different from the imported unmodified vi0+∑jvijSijv_{i0}+\sum_jv_{ij}S_{ij}vi0​+∑j​vij​Sij​ when Si=0‾S_i=\overline0Si​=0, so the extension is outside this mission. Positive v0v_0v0​ and product weights are stated explicitly to keep the probability denominator positive and to match the model's preference interpretation. Revenues remain arbitrary real numbers: neither an order nor nonnegativity is assumed. The dissimilarities satisfy the paper's (0,1](0,1](0,1] range. The paper states candidate feasibility Ait∈CiA_i^t\in C_iAit​∈Ci​; this mission's claim holds for arbitrary candidate collections because no step compares against CiC_iCi​. The definitions of revenue and LP feasibility are imported, so useful contributions include proofs of the balance characterization, the root result, Lemma 1, and the final LP statement.

Selected references

  • Guillermo Gallego and Huseyin Topaloglu, Constrained Assortment Optimization for the Nested Logit Model, Management Science, 2014. DOI: 10.1287/mnsc.2014.1931; authors' manuscript, September 11, 2013, pp. 7–12.
  • James Davis, Guillermo Gallego, and Huseyin Topaloglu, Assortment Optimization under Variants of the Nested Logit Model, Operations Research, 2014. DOI: 10.1287/opre.2014.1256. The published Prove2Me model definition used here comes from this line of work.
5 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Constrained Assortment Optimization for the Nested Logit Model 5: For Joint Assortment and Pricing, O(pb²) Candidate Assortments per Nest Include an Optimal Solution of Problem (7) for Every u ≥ 0Research Paper

Motivation

A retailer that sells through a choice model decides two things at once: which products to put on the shelf and at what price. Under the nested logit model of discrete choice, products are grouped into nests (brands, categories, store sections); a customer first picks a nest, or leaves without buying, and then picks a product inside the nest. The price of a product changes its attractiveness, and the attractiveness of every product changes the purchase probabilities of all the others, so assortment and price interact.

Gallego and Topaloglu (Management Science, 2014) study assortment optimization under the nested logit model with constraints on what may be offered in each nest. Their §6 treats joint assortment and pricing when each product can be sold at one of finitely many price levels. Earlier work on nested logit pricing, by Li and Huh (2011) and Gallego and Wang (2011), assumes that a product priced at pikp_{ik}pik​ has preference weight eαik−βikpike^{\alpha_{ik}-\beta_{ik}p_{ik}}eαik​−βik​pik​. With a finite menu of price levels, no parametric link between price and preference weight is required, and the prices can be restricted to a range or a grid (for example $49.99, $59.99, …), as retail practice often demands.

Setting

There are mmm nests MMM. In each nest iii there are ppp products P={1,…,p}P=\{1,\dots,p\}P={1,…,p}, and each product can be offered at one of bbb price levels B={1,…,b}B=\{1,\dots,b\}B={1,…,b}. Offering product kkk at level lll in nest iii earns the price ρikl\rho_{ik}^lρikl​ and gives the product the preference weight νikl>0\nu_{ik}^l>0νikl​>0. The relation between ρikl\rho_{ik}^lρikl​ and νikl\nu_{ik}^lνikl​ is arbitrary.

Each pair (product, price level) is a virtual product. Nest iii has n=pbn=pbn=pb virtual products N={1,…,n}N=\{1,\dots,n\}N={1,…,n}; Nk⊆NN_k\subseteq NNk​⊆N is the set of the bbb virtual products of product kkk, and the sets NkN_kNk​ are disjoint. Virtual product j∈Nkj\in N_kj∈Nk​ at level lll has revenue rij=ρiklr_{ij}=\rho_{ik}^lrij​=ρikl​ and preference weight vij=νiklv_{ij}=\nu_{ik}^lvij​=νikl​. An assortment of nest iii is a set Si⊆NS_i\subseteq NSi​⊆N, and the feasible assortments are

Ci={Si∈{0,1}n: ∑j∈NkSij≤1  ∀k∈P},\mathcal C_i=\Big\{S_i\in\{0,1\}^n:\ \sum_{j\in N_k}S_{ij}\le 1\ \ \forall k\in P\Big\},Ci​={Si​∈{0,1}n: j∈Nk​∑​Sij​≤1  ∀k∈P},

so each product is offered at no more than one price, or not at all.

For an assortment SiS_iSi​ write Vi(Si)=∑j∈SivijV_i(S_i)=\sum_{j\in S_i}v_{ij}Vi​(Si​)=∑j∈Si​​vij​ and Ri(Si)=∑j∈Sirijvij/Vi(Si)R_i(S_i)=\sum_{j\in S_i}r_{ij}v_{ij}/V_i(S_i)Ri​(Si​)=∑j∈Si​​rij​vij​/Vi​(Si​), with Ri(∅)=0R_i(\emptyset)=0Ri​(∅)=0. For a number u≥0u\ge 0u≥0, problem (7) of the paper is

max⁡Si∈Ci Vi(Si) (Ri(Si)−u).\max_{S_i\in\mathcal C_i}\ V_i(S_i)\,\big(R_i(S_i)-u\big).Si​∈Ci​max​ Vi​(Si​)(Ri​(Si​)−u).

Its objective equals ∑j∈Sifij(u)\sum_{j\in S_i}f_{ij}(u)∑j∈Si​​fij​(u) with fij(u)=vij(rij−u)f_{ij}(u)=v_{ij}(r_{ij}-u)fij​(u)=vij​(rij​−u); under Ci\mathcal C_iCi​ this is problem (12) of the paper.

Formalization targets

Goal: a small candidate collection per nest

For every nest iii there is a collection {Ait:t∈Ti}⊆Ci\{A_i^t:t\in\mathcal T_i\}\subseteq\mathcal C_i{Ait​:t∈Ti​}⊆Ci​, fixed independently of uuu, with

∣Ti∣≤p (b+1)2+1,|\mathcal T_i|\le p\,(b+1)^2+1,∣Ti​∣≤p(b+1)2+1,

such that for every u≥0u\ge 0u≥0 some AitA_i^tAit​ is an optimal solution of problem (7). The page states ∣Ti∣=O(pb2)|\mathcal T_i|=O(pb^2)∣Ti​∣=O(pb2); the explicit bound is the count of intervals left by the intersection points of the lines fijf_{ij}fij​, j∈Nk∪{0}j\in N_k\cup\{0\}j∈Nk​∪{0}, with fi0=0f_{i0}=0fi0​=0.

Milestones

  1. Selection rule (p. 24). For fixed uuu, the assortment that in each NkN_kNk​ offers one virtual product with the largest coefficient fij(u)f_{ij}(u)fij​(u) when that coefficient is positive, and nothing otherwise, solves problem (7) over Ci\mathcal C_iCi​.
  2. Order and signs (p. 24). If at uuu and u′u'u′ the values {fij:j∈Nk∪{0}}\{f_{ij}:j\in N_k\cup\{0\}\}{fij​:j∈Nk​∪{0}} are in the same weak order for every kkk, then the optimal solutions of (7) at uuu and at u′u'u′ coincide.

Significance

The paper's Theorem 4 shows that a collection containing an optimal solution of (7) for every u≥0u\ge 0u≥0 yields an optimal solution of the full nested logit problem, and its Theorem 2 that the best combination of candidates solves a linear program with 1+m1+m1+m variables and 1+∑i∣Ti∣1+\sum_i|\mathcal T_i|1+∑i​∣Ti​∣ constraints. With the goal above, the joint assortment and pricing problem is solved exactly by a linear program of polynomial size, O(mpb2)O(mpb^2)O(mpb2) constraints, for arbitrary price–weight relations. This is one of the paper's three headline results.

The result is proved in the paper in prose, without a numbered statement. No machine-checked proof of it is known. The mission fixes the constant hidden in O(pb2)O(pb^2)O(pb2), states the feasible set exactly, and isolates the two steps of the argument as separate statements.

Difficulty

The naive candidate set is all of Ci\mathcal C_iCi​, which has (b+1)p(b+1)^p(b+1)p members; the content of the goal is the polynomial bound with the collection fixed before uuu. The argument must handle ties between coefficients, lines that coincide or never cross, intersection points at negative uuu, and the boundary points between intervals, where several assortments are optimal at once. The count must be made per product: a count over all pairs of virtual products gives O(n2)=O(p2b2)O(n^2)=O(p^2b^2)O(n2)=O(p2b2) and misses the stated bound.

Formalization scope

  • Nests are a type ι; virtual products are Fin n and products Fin p, both 0-based. NkN_kNk​ is the fiber of a map prod : Fin n → Fin p; the hypothesis that every fiber has exactly bbb elements is IsVirtualProductMap prod b. The price level of a virtual product is left implicit.
  • Prices and weights are the published NestedLogitVariants.LP.Instance fields r i j and v i j; there is no parametric price–weight relation and no ordering of prices.
  • Assortments are Finset (Fin n); the empty assortment is allowed and has objective 000.
  • The published VVV is vi0+∑j∈Svijv_{i0}+\sum_{j\in S}v_{ij}vi0​+∑j∈S​vij​. Every statement assumes vi0=0v_{i0}=0vi0​=0, so it equals the paper's Vi(Si)V_i(S_i)Vi​(Si​). The paper's extension Vi(Si)=vi01(Si≠∅)+∑jvijSijV_i(S_i)=v_{i0}\mathbf 1(S_i\neq\emptyset)+\sum_jv_{ij}S_{ij}Vi​(Si​)=vi0​1(Si​=∅)+∑j​vij​Sij​ (p. 15) is not formalized.
  • Positive weights vij>0v_{ij}>0vij​>0 are an explicit hypothesis; the paper takes them for granted.
  • Optimality in problem (7) is over Ci\mathcal C_iCi​ only, for u≥0u\ge 0u≥0 (0 ≤ u).
  • The bound p(b+1)2+1p(b+1)^2+1p(b+1)2+1 is in terms of ppp and bbb, not nnn, and the collection is chosen before uuu. Statements with b=1b=1b=1 (pure assortment), a logit price–weight relation, no bound, or a collection chosen after uuu are trivial or different theorems and are ruled out.

A complete development needs the reduction of (7) to the linear objective (identity (8)), the per-product optimality of problem (12), and a counting argument for the intersection points of finitely many lines on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞). The last one is reusable beyond this mission: the paper's cardinality-constrained result uses the same kind of argument. Proofs of the milestones, and lemmas such as (8) for the published V and R, are welcome.

Selected references

  • G. Gallego and H. Topaloglu, Constrained Assortment Optimization for the Nested Logit Model, Management Science 60(10), 2014. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2014.1931 (authors' manuscript of Sept. 11, 2013, §6, pp. 23–25).
  • H. Li and W. T. Huh, Pricing Multiple Products with the Multinomial Logit and Nested Logit Models: Concavity and Implications, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 13(4), 2011. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.1110.0342
  • G. Gallego and R. Wang, Multi-Product Price Optimization and Competition under the Nested Logit Model with Product-Differentiated Price Sensitivities, Operations Research 62(2), 2014 (working paper 2011). https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2013.1249
  • J. M. Davis, G. Gallego and H. Topaloglu, Assortment Optimization Under Variants of the Nested Logit Model, Operations Research 62(2), 2014. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2014.1256
5 thms1 active userReviewed
Complexity TheoryGraph TheoryLinear algebra+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Most Tensor Problems Are NP-Hard 5: The Stability Number Is Read Off the Largest Eigenvalue of an Explicit Symmetric 3-TensorResearch Paper

Motivation

For a real symmetric matrix, the largest eigenvalue is the maximum of the quadratic form x⊤Ax\mathbf x^\top A\mathbf xx⊤Ax on the unit sphere, and it is computable to any accuracy in polynomial time. Tensor eigenvalues, introduced independently by Lim (2005) and Qi (2005), extend this picture to higher order: they are the stationary values of the cubic form A(x,x,x)\mathcal A(\mathbf x,\mathbf x,\mathbf x)A(x,x,x) on the unit sphere. They appear in multilinear statistics, signal processing, hypergraph theory and polynomial optimization, and for these applications the symmetric case is the natural one.

Hillar and Lim, in Most Tensor Problems Are NP-Hard (J. ACM 2013), show that the eigenvalue problem stays NP-hard when the tensor is required to be symmetric (their Theorem 9.3). The proof is short once one ingredient is available: a theorem of Nesterov (2003), in a form corrected by Hillar and Lim, that expresses the stability number of a graph as the maximum of an explicit cubic polynomial over a sphere. This mission formalizes that chain.

Setting

Let G=(V,E)G=(V,E)G=(V,E) be a simple graph on V={1,…,v}V=\{1,\dots,v\}V={1,…,v}, v≥1v\ge1v≥1. A set of vertices is stable if no two of its members are adjacent; the stability number α(G)\alpha(G)α(G) is the size of a largest stable set, so 1≤α(G)≤v1\le\alpha(G)\le v1≤α(G)≤v.

Put n=v+v(v−1)/2n=v+v(v-1)/2n=v+v(v−1)/2 and write a vector of Rn\mathbb R^nRn as z=(x,y)\mathbf z=(\mathbf x,\mathbf y)z=(x,y), with x=(x1,…,xv)\mathbf x=(x_1,\dots,x_v)x=(x1​,…,xv​) indexed by vertices and y=(yij)i<j\mathbf y=(y_{ij})_{i<j}y=(yij​)i<j​ indexed by pairs of vertices. The tensor SG=[ ⁣[sabc] ⁣]∈Rn×n×n\mathcal S_G=[\![s_{abc}]\!]\in\mathbb R^{n\times n\times n}SG​=[[sabc​]]∈Rn×n×n has entry 111 at the six orderings of the triple of coordinates (xi,xj,yij)(x_i,x_j,y_{ij})(xi​,xj​,yij​) for every non-adjacent pair i<ji<ji<j, and 000 elsewhere. It is symmetric: its entries do not change under any permutation of the three indices.

For a real 3-tensor A=[ ⁣[aabc] ⁣]\mathcal A=[\![a_{abc}]\!]A=[[aabc​]] the cubic form is A(z,z,z)=∑a,b,caabczazbzc\mathcal A(\mathbf z,\mathbf z,\mathbf z)=\sum_{a,b,c}a_{abc}z_az_bz_cA(z,z,z)=∑a,b,c​aabc​za​zb​zc​, and a real λ\lambdaλ is a unit ℓ2\ell^2ℓ2-eigenvalue of A\mathcal AA if

∑a,baabczazb=λzcfor all c,for some z with ∥z∥2=1.\sum_{a,b}a_{abc}z_az_b=\lambda z_c\quad\text{for all }c,\qquad\text{for some }\mathbf z\text{ with }\|\mathbf z\|_2=1 .a,b∑​aabc​za​zb​=λzc​for all c,for some z with ∥z∥2​=1.

Finally, λl=223(1−1l)\lambda_l=2\sqrt{\tfrac23\left(1-\tfrac1l\right)}λl​=232​(1−l1​)​ for l≥1l\ge1l≥1. In Lean these are TensorNP.SymEigen.stabTensor, cubicForm, IsUnitL2Eigenvalue and lambdaL, and α(G)\alpha(G)α(G) is Mathlib's SimpleGraph.indepNum.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 9.3, core

α(G)=max⁡{ l∈{1,…,v}: λl is a unit ℓ2-eigenvalue of SG }.\alpha(G)=\max\{\,l\in\{1,\dots,v\}:\ \lambda_l\text{ is a unit }\ell^2\text{-eigenvalue of }\mathcal S_G\,\}.α(G)=max{l∈{1,…,v}: λl​ is a unit ℓ2-eigenvalue of SG​}.

That is, λα(G)\lambda_{\alpha(G)}λα(G)​ is an eigenvalue of SG\mathcal S_GSG​, and no λl\lambda_lλl​ with α(G)<l≤v\alpha(G)<l\le vα(G)<l≤v is. This is the statement on which the paper's vvv-query reduction rests; nothing is claimed about l<α(G)l<\alpha(G)l<α(G).

Milestones, in the paper's order

  1. Theorem 9.2 (Nesterov). With Sn−1={(x,y):∥x∥22+∥y∥22=1}\mathbb S^{n-1}=\{(\mathbf x,\mathbf y):\|\mathbf x\|_2^2+\|\mathbf y\|_2^2=1\}Sn−1={(x,y):∥x∥22​+∥y∥22​=1},
1−1α(G)=332⋅max⁡(x,y)∈Sn−1 ∑i<j, {i,j}∉Exixjyij.\sqrt{1-\frac1{\alpha(G)}}=3\sqrt{\frac32}\cdot\max_{(\mathbf x,\mathbf y)\in\mathbb S^{n-1}}\ \sum_{i<j,\ \{i,j\}\notin E}x_ix_jy_{ij}.1−α(G)1​​=323​​⋅(x,y)∈Sn−1max​ i<j, {i,j}∈/E∑​xi​xj​yij​.
  1. The tensor. SG\mathcal S_GSG​ is symmetric and SG(z,z,z)=6∑i<j,{i,j}∉Exixjyij\mathcal S_G(\mathbf z,\mathbf z,\mathbf z)=6\sum_{i<j,\{i,j\}\notin E}x_ix_jy_{ij}SG​(z,z,z)=6∑i<j,{i,j}∈/E​xi​xj​yij​.
  2. The maximum is an eigenvalue. max⁡∥z∥2=1SG(z,z,z)\max_{\|\mathbf z\|_2=1}\mathcal S_G(\mathbf z,\mathbf z,\mathbf z)max∥z∥2​=1​SG​(z,z,z) is attained and is a unit ℓ2\ell^2ℓ2-eigenvalue of SG\mathcal S_GSG​.
  3. Its value. max⁡∥z∥2=1SG(z,z,z)=λα(G)\max_{\|\mathbf z\|_2=1}\mathcal S_G(\mathbf z,\mathbf z,\mathbf z)=\lambda_{\alpha(G)}max∥z∥2​=1​SG​(z,z,z)=λα(G)​.
  4. Further result: Theorem 6.9 (Banach), (23). For every symmetric S∈Rn×n×n\mathcal S\in\mathbb R^{n\times n\times n}S∈Rn×n×n,
sup⁡x,y,z≠0∣S(x,y,z)∣∥x∥2∥y∥2∥z∥2=sup⁡x≠0∣S(x,x,x)∣∥x∥23,\sup_{\mathbf x,\mathbf y,\mathbf z\ne\mathbf 0}\frac{|\mathcal S(\mathbf x,\mathbf y,\mathbf z)|}{\|\mathbf x\|_2\|\mathbf y\|_2\|\mathbf z\|_2}=\sup_{\mathbf x\ne\mathbf 0}\frac{|\mathcal S(\mathbf x,\mathbf x,\mathbf x)|}{\|\mathbf x\|_2^3},x,y,z=0sup​∥x∥2​∥y∥2​∥z∥2​∣S(x,y,z)∣​=x=0sup​∥x∥23​∣S(x,x,x)∣​,

both sides finite. The paper uses it in §10 to transfer Theorem 9.3 to the spectral norm and the best rank-one approximation of symmetric tensors.

Significance

The result. Theorem 9.3 places symmetric tensor eigenvalue among the NP-hard problems of Hillar and Lim's Table I, and through Banach's theorem (Theorem 10.2 of the paper) the same holds for the largest singular value, the spectral norm and the best rank-one approximation of a symmetric 3-tensor. These are the quantities computed by higher-order power methods and by moment-based estimators, so the result marks where the matrix theory stops transferring.

Formalizing it. All results here are proved in the literature; none is machine-checked. Nesterov's theorem, which rests on the Motzkin–Straus theorem for the complement graph, is not on the platform or in Mathlib, and its formal statement settles the constant that the original paper got wrong by a factor 1/21/\sqrt21/2​ (Hillar–Lim, footnote 12). Banach's theorem on symmetric multilinear forms is likewise absent from Mathlib and is useful well beyond this mission.

Difficulty

The tensor identity (milestone 2) is bookkeeping. The analytic content sits in two places. First, Nesterov's theorem: the obvious route, fixing x\mathbf xx and maximizing over y\mathbf yy by Cauchy–Schwarz, reduces the cubic problem to a quartic one in x\mathbf xx, whose value still has to be identified with α(G)\alpha(G)α(G); that identification is the Motzkin–Straus theorem, which is not available in Lean and is itself a nontrivial optimization over the simplex. Second, the passage from a maximum to an eigenvalue needs a Lagrange multiplier argument on the sphere, and the symmetry of SG\mathcal S_GSG​ is what makes the gradient of the cubic form match the eigen-equation. Part (b) of the goal needs a further, unprinted observation relating every unit eigenpair to the cubic form. Banach's theorem has no short proof; the classical arguments go through polarization estimates or a variational argument specific to symmetric forms.

Formalization scope

  • Tensors and indices. A 3-tensor is a function ι → ι → ι → ℝ on a finite index type. For SG\mathcal S_GSG​ the index type is the disjoint union of the vertices Fin v and the pairs {(i,j):i<j}\{(i,j): i<j\}{(i,j):i<j}; this is Rn\mathbb R^nRn with coordinates labelled by name instead of by the paper's enumeration φ(i,j)=(i−1)v−i(i−1)/2+j−i\varphi(i,j)=(i-1)v-i(i-1)/2+j-iφ(i,j)=(i−1)v−i(i−1)/2+j−i. Vertices are 0,…,v−10,\dots,v-10,…,v−1.
  • Normalization. Eigenvalues are taken with a unit eigenvector. The paper's Problem 9.1 and Definition 5.1 say only x≠0\mathbf x\ne\mathbf 0x=0; since (λ,x)↦(tλ,tx)(\lambda,\mathbf x)\mapsto(t\lambda,t\mathbf x)(λ,x)↦(tλ,tx) preserves the eigen-equation, that reading would make every nonzero real an eigenvalue of SG\mathcal S_GSG​ and the goal false. The unit sphere (13) is where the paper derives the notion.
  • Explicit readings. The paper's index range "1≤i<j<k≤v1\le i<j<k\le v1≤i<j<k≤v" in the definition of sijks_{ijk}sijk​ is read as k≤nk\le nk≤n (taken literally it gives SG=0\mathcal S_G=0SG​=0). Every "max" is stated as a greatest element, so attainment is claimed. In (23) the suprema are real suprema over nonzero vectors with boundedness part of the conclusion. v≥1v\ge1v≥1 is assumed wherever the paper uses α(G)∈{1,…,v}\alpha(G)\in\{1,\dots,v\}α(G)∈{1,…,v}.
  • Not formalized. The oracle procedure of the proof of Theorem 9.3, the polynomial size of SG\mathcal S_GSG​, the input model of Problem 9.1 with quadratic irrationalities (Remark 9.4), and the NP-completeness of the stability number (Karp 1972, via α(G)=ω(G‾)\alpha(G)=\omega(\overline G)α(G)=ω(G)). The goal is the mathematical core of the Turing reduction, not a complexity statement.
  • Trivializations ruled out. Without the unit normalization the eigenvalue statements are trivial or false; a goal stating only (a), or only an inequality between the maximum and λα(G)\lambda_{\alpha(G)}λα(G)​, would not determine α(G)\alpha(G)α(G); both are excluded by the statements above.
  • Infrastructure. Everything rests on Mathlib (SimpleGraph.indepNum, real analysis on finite-dimensional spaces, Lagrange multipliers). A Motzkin–Straus theorem for SimpleGraph and Banach's theorem for symmetric trilinear forms are both reusable beyond this mission; contributions of either, or of a general "maximum of a symmetric cubic form on the sphere is an eigenvalue" lemma, are welcome.

Selected references

  • C. J. Hillar, L.-H. Lim, Most Tensor Problems Are NP-Hard, Journal of the ACM 60(6), Article 45, 2013. https://doi.org/10.1145/2512329 (arXiv:0911.1393v5: https://arxiv.org/abs/0911.1393)
  • Yu. Nesterov, Random walk in a simplex and quadratic optimization over convex polytopes, CORE Discussion Paper 2003/71, 2003. http://edoc.bib.ucl.ac.be:83/archive/00000238/01/dp2003-71.pdf
  • E. de Klerk, The complexity of optimizing over a simplex, hypercube or sphere: a short survey, Central European Journal of Operations Research 16, 111–125, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10100-007-0052-9
  • T. S. Motzkin, E. G. Straus, Maxima for graphs and a new proof of a theorem of Turán, Canadian Journal of Mathematics 17, 533–540, 1965. https://doi.org/10.4153/CJM-1965-053-6
  • S. Banach, Über homogene Polynome in (L2L^2L2), Studia Mathematica 7(1), 36–44, 1938 (reference [Banach 1938] of Hillar–Lim).
  • L.-H. Lim, Singular values and eigenvalues of tensors: a variational approach, Proc. IEEE CAMSAP 1, 129–132, 2005. https://arxiv.org/abs/math/0607648
  • L. Qi, Eigenvalues of a real supersymmetric tensor, Journal of Symbolic Computation 40, 1302–1324, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jsc.2005.05.007
  • R. M. Karp, Reducibility among combinatorial problems, in Complexity of Computer Computations, 85–103, 1972. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4684-2001-2_9
8 thms1 active userReviewed
AnalysisConvex OptimizationOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

A Primal-Dual Interior-Point Algorithm for Nonsymmetric Exponential-Cone Optimization 3: The Exponential-Cone Barrier Does Not Have Negative CurvatureResearch Paper

Motivation

Interior-point methods for conic optimization are best understood on symmetric cones: the nonnegative orthant, the second-order cone and the cone of positive semidefinite matrices. On these cones the barrier functions are self-scaled, and Nesterov and Todd showed that every primal-dual pair (x,s)(x, s)(x,s) then has a unique scaling point www with s=F′′(w)xs = F''(w)xs=F′′(w)x and F′(x)=F′′(w)F∗′(s)F'(x) = F''(w)F_*'(s)F′(x)=F′′(w)F∗′​(s). The resulting primal-dual algorithms, implemented in solvers such as SeDuMi and MOSEK, combine long steps with good worst-case complexity.

Many models in statistics, geometric programming, entropy maximization and logistic regression need the exponential cone, which is not symmetric. Dahl and Andersen (Math. Program. 194, 2022) designed the primal-dual algorithm behind MOSEK's exponential-cone support. To explain why they cannot simply transplant the Nesterov–Todd construction, they use a property that sits between "self-scaled" and "arbitrary": negative curvature of the barrier. Barriers of symmetric cones have it; a barrier is self-scaled if and only if both it and its conjugate have it (Nesterov–Tunçel, 2016); and barriers with negative curvature still admit a unique scaling point satisfying one secant equation. Dahl and Andersen observe in §5 that the exponential-cone barrier lies outside this class, by an explicit witness. This mission formalizes that observation and the derivative formulas of their Appendix A it rests on.

Timeline:

  • 1997–1998: Nesterov and Todd introduce self-scaled barriers and their primal-dual scalings (Math. Oper. Res. 22; SIAM J. Optim. 8).
  • 2001: Tunçel generalizes primal-dual scalings to arbitrary convex cones (Found. Comput. Math. 1).
  • 2009: Chares studies the exponential cone and its 3-self-concordant barrier (thesis, Université catholique de Louvain).
  • 2016: Nesterov and Tunçel characterize self-scaled barriers through negative curvature of the barrier and its conjugate.
  • 2022: Dahl and Andersen give a primal-dual algorithm for the exponential cone with Tunçel-type scalings, and note that its barrier does not have negative curvature.

Setting

Points of R3\mathbb{R}^3R3 are written x=(x1,x2,x3)x = (x_1, x_2, x_3)x=(x1​,x2​,x3​). The exponential cone is the closure

Kexp⁡=cl⁡{x∈R3∣x1≥x2exp⁡(x3/x2), x2>0},K_{\exp} = \operatorname{cl}\{x \in \mathbb{R}^3 \mid x_1 \ge x_2 \exp(x_3/x_2),\ x_2 > 0\},Kexp​=cl{x∈R3∣x1​≥x2​exp(x3​/x2​), x2​>0},

whose interior is {x∣x2>0, x1>x2exp⁡(x3/x2)}\{x \mid x_2 > 0,\ x_1 > x_2\exp(x_3/x_2)\}{x∣x2​>0, x1​>x2​exp(x3​/x2​)}. Its standard barrier is

F(x)=−log⁡(x2log⁡(x1/x2)−x3)−log⁡x1−log⁡x2,(2)F(x) = -\log\bigl(x_2\log(x_1/x_2) - x_3\bigr) - \log x_1 - \log x_2, \qquad (2)F(x)=−log(x2​log(x1​/x2​)−x3​)−logx1​−logx2​,(2)

defined and smooth on int⁡(Kexp⁡)\operatorname{int}(K_{\exp})int(Kexp​). Appendix A of the paper writes F=g+hF = g + hF=g+h with

ψ(x)=x2log⁡(x1/x2)−x3,g(x)=−log⁡ψ(x),h(x)=−log⁡x1−log⁡x2.\psi(x) = x_2\log(x_1/x_2) - x_3,\qquad g(x) = -\log\psi(x),\qquad h(x) = -\log x_1 - \log x_2 .ψ(x)=x2​log(x1​/x2​)−x3​,g(x)=−logψ(x),h(x)=−logx1​−logx2​.

For a smooth FFF on an open set, F′′(x)F''(x)F′′(x) is its Hessian, a symmetric linear map of Rn\mathbb{R}^nRn, and the third directional derivative is the symmetric linear map

F′′′(x)[u]=ddtF′′(x+tu)∣t=0,F′′′(x)[u,v,v]=⟨F′′′(x)[u] v,v⟩.F'''(x)[u] = \frac{d}{dt}F''(x + tu)\Big|_{t=0}, \qquad F'''(x)[u, v, v] = \langle F'''(x)[u]\,v, v\rangle .F′′′(x)[u]=dtd​F′′(x+tu)​t=0​,F′′′(x)[u,v,v]=⟨F′′′(x)[u]v,v⟩.

A barrier FFF of a cone KKK has negative curvature if for all x∈int⁡(K)x \in \operatorname{int}(K)x∈int(K) and for u∈Ku \in Ku∈K

F′′′(x)[u]⪯0,F'''(x)[u] \preceq 0,F′′′(x)[u]⪯0,

where ⪯\preceq⪯ is the Loewner order: ⟨F′′′(x)[u] v,v⟩≤0\langle F'''(x)[u]\,v, v\rangle \le 0⟨F′′′(x)[u]v,v⟩≤0 for every vvv. The direction uuu ranges over the closed cone KKK, including its boundary.

Formalization targets

Goal: the exponential-cone barrier does not have negative curvature

¬(∀x∈int⁡(Kexp⁡), ∀u∈Kexp⁡, ∀v∈R3: ⟨F′′′(x)[u] v,v⟩≤0).\neg\Bigl(\forall x \in \operatorname{int}(K_{\exp}),\ \forall u \in K_{\exp},\ \forall v \in \mathbb{R}^3:\ \langle F'''(x)[u]\,v, v\rangle \le 0\Bigr).¬(∀x∈int(Kexp​), ∀u∈Kexp​, ∀v∈R3: ⟨F′′′(x)[u]v,v⟩≤0).

The goal asserts only the qualitative failure, so it does not depend on the particular witness.

Milestones

  1. The witness: x^:=(1,e−2,0)∈int⁡(Kexp⁡)\hat x := (1, e^{-2}, 0) \in \operatorname{int}(K_{\exp})x^:=(1,e−2,0)∈int(Kexp​) and u^:=(1,0,0)∈Kexp⁡∖int⁡(Kexp⁡)\hat u := (1, 0, 0) \in K_{\exp}\setminus\operatorname{int}(K_{\exp})u^:=(1,0,0)∈Kexp​∖int(Kexp​) (§5, p. 356).
  2. First-order derivatives (A.1, p. 367): ψ′(x)=(x2/x1, log⁡(x1/x2)−1, −1)\psi'(x) = (x_2/x_1,\ \log(x_1/x_2) - 1,\ -1)ψ′(x)=(x2​/x1​, log(x1​/x2​)−1, −1), h′(x)=−(1/x1,1/x2,0)h'(x) = -(1/x_1, 1/x_2, 0)h′(x)=−(1/x1​,1/x2​,0), g′(x)=−ψ′(x)/ψ(x)g'(x) = -\psi'(x)/\psi(x)g′(x)=−ψ′(x)/ψ(x), F′=g′+h′F' = g' + h'F′=g′+h′ on int⁡(Kexp⁡)\operatorname{int}(K_{\exp})int(Kexp​).
  3. Second-order derivatives (A.2, p. 367):
F′′(x)=−1ψ(x)(ψ′′(x)−ψ′(x)ψ′(x)Tψ(x))+h′′(x).F''(x) = -\frac{1}{\psi(x)}\Bigl(\psi''(x) - \frac{\psi'(x)\psi'(x)^T}{\psi(x)}\Bigr) + h''(x).F′′(x)=−ψ(x)1​(ψ′′(x)−ψ(x)ψ′(x)ψ′(x)T​)+h′′(x).
  1. Third-order directional derivatives (A.3 and (33), p. 368): the closed form of F′′′(x)[u]F'''(x)[u]F′′′(x)[u] in terms of ψ\psiψ, its derivatives and h′′′(x)[u]h'''(x)[u]h′′′(x)[u].
  2. The matrix at the witness (§5, p. 356):
F′′′(x^)[u^]=[−4e2/2e2/2e2/200e2/20−e4/4].F'''(\hat x)[\hat u] = \begin{bmatrix} -4 & e^2/2 & e^2/2 \\ e^2/2 & 0 & 0 \\ e^2/2 & 0 & -e^4/4 \end{bmatrix}.F′′′(x^)[u^]=​−4e2/2e2/2​e2/200​e2/20−e4/4​​.
  1. The positive value (§5, p. 356): F′′′(x^)[u^,v^,v^]=4F'''(\hat x)[\hat u, \hat v, \hat v] = 4F′′′(x^)[u^,v^,v^]=4 for v^:=(1,8e−2,4e−2)\hat v := (1, 8e^{-2}, 4e^{-2})v^:=(1,8e−2,4e−2).

Significance

The result. Negative curvature is the property that gives symmetric-cone barriers their long-step Hessian estimates and a unique scaling point with one secant equation. Its failure for the exponential-cone barrier means that none of these consequences can be invoked for the exponential cone. An algorithm for this cone has to obtain its scalings by other means; Dahl and Andersen take them from Tunçel's framework, via the quasi-Newton secant updates of §5. The witness also shows that the failure occurs already for a direction on the boundary of the cone, at an interior point with simple coordinates.

Formalizing it. The claim is proved in the paper by a computation "using the expressions in the appendix", with the details left to the reader. The appendix formulas for the gradient, Hessian and third directional derivative of the exponential-cone barrier are the ones an implementation evaluates, including the higher-order corrector term −12F′′′(x)[u,v]-\tfrac12F'''(x)[u, v]−21​F′′′(x)[u,v]. A machine-checked version certifies these closed forms, including the zero padding of the 2×22\times22×2 "leading parts" in (33), and gives a reusable definition of negative curvature that applies to any cone and barrier. As far as is known, none of these statements has a machine-checked proof.

Difficulty

The obstacle is computational, not conceptual. The barrier is a composition of logarithms with a function ψ\psiψ that is itself a perspective of the logarithm, so its third derivative is a sum of terms with denominators ψ(x)k\psi(x)^kψ(x)k, x1kx_1^kx1k​ and x2kx_2^kx2k​. Stating it as a derivative of the Hessian map requires showing that the Hessian is differentiable on the open interior, which in turn requires a description of that interior, a set defined as the interior of a closure. The membership claims about u^\hat uu^ are not definitional either: u^\hat uu^ lies on the boundary, reached only as a limit of points of the generating set, and its non-interiority needs a neighbourhood argument. Finally, the cone condition on uuu matters: replacing u∈Kexp⁡u \in K_{\exp}u∈Kexp​ by u∈R3u \in \mathbb{R}^3u∈R3 makes the claim nearly trivial, because F′′′(x)[−u]=−F′′′(x)[u]F'''(x)[-u] = -F'''(x)[u]F′′′(x)[−u]=−F′′′(x)[u].

Formalization scope

  • Points of R3\mathbb{R}^3R3 are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin 3); the paper's (x1,x2,x3)(x_1, x_2, x_3)(x1​,x2​,x3​) are (x 0, x 1, x 2), and vectors are written !₂[·, ·, ·].
  • Kexp⁡K_{\exp}Kexp​ is the closure of the printed set, not its interior or an equivalent description. FFF, ψ\psiψ, ggg, hhh are defined on all of R3\mathbb{R}^3R3 by their formulas with Real.log; every statement evaluates them, and their derivatives, only at points of int⁡(Kexp⁡)\operatorname{int}(K_{\exp})int(Kexp​), where all logarithms are the genuine ones. The appendix formulas carry the hypothesis x∈int⁡(Kexp⁡)x \in \operatorname{int}(K_{\exp})x∈int(Kexp​).
  • F′′F''F′′ is the published SelfScaledIPM.ShortStep.hess (derivative of the gradient), and F′′′(x)[u]F'''(x)[u]F′′′(x)[u] is fderiv ℝ (hess F) x u. The Loewner order is stated through the quadratic form for every vvv. Matrices act through the standard basis (Matrix.toEuclideanCLM).
  • Disclosed deviations from the page: milestone 1 asserts x^∈int⁡(Kexp⁡)\hat x \in \operatorname{int}(K_{\exp})x^∈int(Kexp​), stronger than the printed x^∈Kexp⁡\hat x \in K_{\exp}x^∈Kexp​ and the form the definition needs. In A.3 the 2×22\times22×2 leading parts h^′′′\hat h'''h^′′′, ψ^′′′\hat\psi'''ψ^​′′′ of (33) are padded with a zero third row and column, and g′′(x)g''(x)g′′(x) is written out by the A.2 formula. Only the first display of A.2 is stated, not the factorization F′′(x)=R(x)R(x)TF''(x) = R(x)R(x)^TF′′(x)=R(x)R(x)T.
  • A trivializing formalization would let uuu range over all of R3\mathbb{R}^3R3, or read ⪯0\preceq 0⪯0 entrywise; both are excluded, and uuu ranges over the closed cone exactly as in the paper.
  • The claim that FFF is a 3-self-concordant barrier (quoted from Chares) is not part of the mission. The definition of negative curvature applies to any cone in any dimension and can be reused for other barriers. Contributions of calculus lemmas for logarithmic barriers on open sets (differentiability of the Hessian map, interiors of closures of epigraph-type sets) are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. Dahl, E. D. Andersen, A primal-dual interior-point algorithm for nonsymmetric exponential-cone optimization, Mathematical Programming 194 (2022), 341–370. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-021-01631-4
  • Yu. Nesterov, M. J. Todd, Self-scaled barriers and interior-point methods for convex programming, Mathematics of Operations Research 22 (1997), 1–42. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.22.1.1
  • Yu. Nesterov, M. J. Todd, Primal-dual interior-point methods for self-scaled cones, SIAM Journal on Optimization 8 (1998), 324–364. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623495290209
  • L. Tunçel, Generalization of primal-dual interior-point methods to convex optimization problems in conic form, Foundations of Computational Mathematics 1 (2001), 229–254. https://doi.org/10.1007/s102080010008
  • Yu. Nesterov, L. Tunçel, Local superlinear convergence of polynomial-time interior-point methods for hyperbolicity cone optimization problems, SIAM Journal on Optimization 26 (2016), 139–170. https://doi.org/10.1137/140978296
  • P. R. Chares, Cones and interior-point algorithms for structured convex optimization involving powers and exponentials, PhD thesis, Université catholique de Louvain, 2009.
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Complexity TheoryGraph TheoryLinear algebra+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Most Tensor Problems Are NP-Hard 3: The Clique Number Is the Unique l for Which an Explicit Graph Tensor Has Spectral Norm 1Research Paper

Motivation

The spectral norm of a matrix, its largest singular value, is computable in polynomial time to any accuracy. Its analogue for 3-tensors appears in the analysis of multilinear systems, in the best rank-1 approximation of a data array, in quantum information (the geometric measure of entanglement), and in the injective norm of tensor products. Hillar and Lim, Most Tensor Problems Are NP-Hard (J. ACM 60(6), 2013, Article 45; final version arXiv:0911.1393v5), show that, in contrast with matrices, deciding whether a fixed nonzero rational number is a singular value or the spectral norm of a rational 3-tensor is NP-hard (their Theorems 6.5 and 1.10).

The proof is a reduction from the clique number ω(G)\omega(G)ω(G) of a graph. It combines three classical ingredients: the theorem of Motzkin and Straus (1965), which expresses ω(G)\omega(G)ω(G) as the value of a quadratic program over the simplex; a theorem of Banach (1938) on the spectral norm of symmetric tensors; and an observation from He, Li and Zhang (2010) on maxima of sums of squared bilinear forms. Deciding ω(G)≥l\omega(G)\ge lω(G)≥l is one of Karp's (1972) NP-complete problems.

Setting

A real 3-tensor is an array A=[ ⁣[aijk] ⁣]∈Rl×m×n\mathcal A=[\![a_{ijk}]\!]\in\mathbb R^{l\times m\times n}A=[[aijk​]]∈Rl×m×n with trilinear form A(x,y,z)=∑i,j,kaijkxiyjzk\mathcal A(\mathbf x,\mathbf y,\mathbf z)=\sum_{i,j,k}a_{ijk}x_iy_jz_kA(x,y,z)=∑i,j,k​aijk​xi​yj​zk​. With the Euclidean norm ∥⋅∥2\|\cdot\|_2∥⋅∥2​, its spectral norm is

∥A∥2,2,2=sup⁡x,y,z≠0∣A(x,y,z)∣∥x∥2∥y∥2∥z∥2.\|\mathcal A\|_{2,2,2}=\sup_{\mathbf x,\mathbf y,\mathbf z\ne\mathbf 0}\frac{|\mathcal A(\mathbf x,\mathbf y,\mathbf z)|}{\|\mathbf x\|_2\|\mathbf y\|_2\|\mathbf z\|_2}.∥A∥2,2,2​=x,y,z=0sup​∥x∥2​∥y∥2​∥z∥2​∣A(x,y,z)∣​.

A real σ\sigmaσ is a unit ℓ2\ell^2ℓ2-singular value of A\mathcal AA if there are unit vectors u,v,w\mathbf u,\mathbf v,\mathbf wu,v,w with

∑j,kaijkvjwk=σui,∑i,kaijkuiwk=σvj,∑i,jaijkuivj=σwk\textstyle\sum_{j,k}a_{ijk}v_jw_k=\sigma u_i,\quad \sum_{i,k}a_{ijk}u_iw_k=\sigma v_j,\quad \sum_{i,j}a_{ijk}u_iv_j=\sigma w_k∑j,k​aijk​vj​wk​=σui​,∑i,k​aijk​ui​wk​=σvj​,∑i,j​aijk​ui​vj​=σwk​

for all i,j,ki,j,ki,j,k: the stationarity conditions of A(u,v,w)\mathcal A(\mathbf u,\mathbf v,\mathbf w)A(u,v,w) on a product of unit spheres.

Let G=(V,E)G=(V,E)G=(V,E) be a simple graph on V={1,…,v}V=\{1,\dots,v\}V={1,…,v}, v≥1v\ge1v≥1, with eee edges {ik,jk}\{i_k,j_k\}{ik​,jk​}, k=1,…,ek=1,\dots,ek=1,…,e, and clique number ω\omegaω. Let Δv\Delta_vΔv​ be the standard simplex, AGA_GAG​ the adjacency matrix and JJJ the all-ones matrix. For a positive integer lll set Ql=AG+1lJQ_l=A_G+\frac1lJQl​=AG​+l1​J and Ml=max⁡x∈Δvx⊤QlxM_l=\max_{\mathbf x\in\Delta_v}\mathbf x^\top Q_l\mathbf xMl​=maxx∈Δv​​x⊤Ql​x. Let Ek=12Eikjk+12EjkikE_k=\frac12E_{i_kj_k}+\frac12E_{j_ki_k}Ek​=21​Eik​jk​​+21​Ejk​ik​​, and let TlT_lTl​ be the maximum over unit u,v∈Rv\mathbf u,\mathbf v\in\mathbb R^vu,v∈Rv, w∈Rl+2e\mathbf w\in\mathbb R^{l+2e}w∈Rl+2e of the multilinear form

∑i=1l(u⊤1lIv)wi+∑k=1e(u⊤Ekv)wl+k+∑k=1e(u⊤Ekv)we+l+k.(26)\sum_{i=1}^l\Big(\mathbf u^\top\tfrac1lI\mathbf v\Big)w_i+\sum_{k=1}^e(\mathbf u^\top E_k\mathbf v)w_{l+k}+\sum_{k=1}^e(\mathbf u^\top E_k\mathbf v)w_{e+l+k}. \tag{26}i=1∑l​(u⊤l1​Iv)wi​+k=1∑e​(u⊤Ek​v)wl+k​+k=1∑e​(u⊤Ek​v)we+l+k​.(26)

The graph tensor Al∈Qv×v×(l+2e)\mathcal A_l\in\mathbb Q^{v\times v\times(l+2e)}Al​∈Qv×v×(l+2e) has as entry aijka_{ijk}aijk​ the coefficient of uivjwku_iv_jw_kui​vj​wk​ in (26).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorems 6.5 and 1.10, encoding-free core

For every graph GGG on v≥1v\ge1v≥1 vertices and every enumeration of its edges:

∀l≥1: ∥Al∥2,2,2=1  ⟺  l=ω;1 is a unit singular value of Aω;∀l>ω: 1 is not one of Al,\forall l\ge1:\ \|\mathcal A_l\|_{2,2,2}=1\iff l=\omega;\qquad 1\text{ is a unit singular value of }\mathcal A_\omega;\qquad \forall l>\omega:\ 1\text{ is not one of }\mathcal A_l,∀l≥1: ∥Al​∥2,2,2​=1⟺l=ω;1 is a unit singular value of Aω​;∀l>ω: 1 is not one of Al​,

so ω\omegaω is the largest l∈{1,…,v}l\in\{1,\dots,v\}l∈{1,…,v} for which 111 is a unit singular value of Al\mathcal A_lAl​. The paper's vvv-query Turing reductions rest on exactly this.

Milestones (in attack order)

  1. Theorem 6.7 (Motzkin–Straus): 1−1/ω=2max⁡x∈Δv∑{i,j}∈Exixj1-1/\omega=2\max_{\mathbf x\in\Delta_v}\sum_{\{i,j\}\in E}x_ix_j1−1/ω=2maxx∈Δv​​∑{i,j}∈E​xi​xj​.
  2. (22): Ml=1+ω−llωM_l=1+\frac{\omega-l}{l\omega}Ml​=1+lωω−l​; so Mω=1M_\omega=1Mω​=1, Ml>1M_l>1Ml​>1 for l<ωl<\omegal<ω, Ml<1M_l<1Ml​<1 for l>ωl>\omegal>ω.
  3. Lemma 6.8: Ml=NlM_l=N_lMl​=Nl​, where Nl=max⁡∥u∥2=1{∑i=1l(u⊤1lIu)2+2∑k(u⊤Eku)2}N_l=\max_{\|\mathbf u\|_2=1}\{\sum_{i=1}^l(\mathbf u^\top\frac1lI\mathbf u)^2+2\sum_k(\mathbf u^\top E_k\mathbf u)^2\}Nl​=max∥u∥2​=1​{∑i=1l​(u⊤l1​Iu)2+2∑k​(u⊤Ek​u)2}.
  4. Theorem 6.9 (Banach), (24): for a symmetric 4-tensor, ∥S∥2,2,2,2=sup⁡x≠0∣S(x,x,x,x)∣/∥x∥24\|\mathcal S\|_{2,2,2,2}=\sup_{\mathbf x\neq\mathbf 0}|\mathcal S(\mathbf x,\mathbf x,\mathbf x,\mathbf x)|/\|\mathbf x\|_2^4∥S∥2,2,2,2​=supx=0​∣S(x,x,x,x)∣/∥x∥24​.
  5. Proposition 6.10 (He–Li–Zhang): for symmetric AkA_kAk​, max⁡∥u∥=∥v∥=1∑k(u⊤Akv)2=max⁡∥v∥=1∑k(v⊤Akv)2\max_{\|\mathbf u\|=\|\mathbf v\|=1}\sum_k(\mathbf u^\top A_k\mathbf v)^2=\max_{\|\mathbf v\|=1}\sum_k(\mathbf v^\top A_k\mathbf v)^2max∥u∥=∥v∥=1​∑k​(u⊤Ak​v)2=max∥v∥=1​∑k​(v⊤Ak​v)2.
  6. Lemma 6.11: Tl=Ml1/2T_l=M_l^{1/2}Tl​=Ml1/2​, hence Tl=1T_l=1Tl​=1 iff l=ωl=\omegal=ω, Tl>1T_l>1Tl​>1 iff l<ωl<\omegal<ω, Tl<1T_l<1Tl​<1 iff l>ωl>\omegal>ω.
  7. Proof of Theorem 6.5: ∥Al∥2,2,2=Tl\|\mathcal A_l\|_{2,2,2}=T_l∥Al​∥2,2,2​=Tl​, TlT_lTl​ is a unit singular value of Al\mathcal A_lAl​, and every unit singular value has absolute value at most TlT_lTl​.
  8. §7 (content of Theorem 1.13): min⁡σ≥0, unit u,v,w∥A−σ u⊗v⊗w∥F2=∥A∥F2−∥A∥2,2,22\min_{\sigma\ge0,\ \text{unit }\mathbf u,\mathbf v,\mathbf w}\|\mathcal A-\sigma\,\mathbf u\otimes\mathbf v\otimes\mathbf w\|_F^2=\|\mathcal A\|_F^2-\|\mathcal A\|_{2,2,2}^2minσ≥0, unit u,v,w​∥A−σu⊗v⊗w∥F2​=∥A∥F2​−∥A∥2,2,22​, attained only with σ=∥A∥2,2,2\sigma=\|\mathcal A\|_{2,2,2}σ=∥A∥2,2,2​.

Significance

The result. The goal shows that a single comparison with 111 of the spectral norm, or of the singular-value spectrum, of an explicit rational tensor of size v×v×(l+2e)v\times v\times(l+2e)v×v×(l+2e) encodes whether l=ω(G)l=\omega(G)l=ω(G). It is the step that makes the spectral norm, the largest singular value, and (through §7) the best rank-1 approximation of a 3-tensor NP-hard, whereas all three are polynomial-time for matrices. It explains why the higher-order power method and its relatives carry no global guarantees, and it is the starting point for inapproximability results such as the paper's Theorem 1.11.

Formalizing it. The results are proved on paper; none of them is formalized. Motzkin–Straus, Banach's polarization theorem for symmetric 4-tensors, and the He–Li–Zhang identity are classical results that are not in Mathlib and not on the platform; each is reusable well beyond this mission (Turán-type bounds, polynomial optimization over spheres, injective norms). The mission also checks the paper's construction at the level of indices and constants.

Difficulty

The construction of Al\mathcal A_lAl​ is explicit, and the comparison with 111 is arithmetic once Tl=Ml1/2T_l=M_l^{1/2}Tl​=Ml1/2​ is known. Everything rests on the three cited theorems. Motzkin–Straus is an optimization statement over the simplex whose maximizers may lie on the boundary and need not be unique, so a first-order computation at an interior critical point does not settle it. Banach's theorem asserts equality, not equality up to a constant: the standard polarization identity bounds the 4-linear form by its diagonal values only up to a factor. Proposition 6.10 is where the paper's own argument is loose: the 4-linear form it introduces is not symmetric, so (24) does not apply as printed. Finally, the singular-value clauses require that the maximum of a trilinear form on a product of spheres is a stationary value. This must be proved, not assumed.

Formalization scope

Tensors are arrays Fin l → Fin m → Fin n → ℝ with 0-based indices: the paper's aijka_{ijk}aijk​ is A (i-1) (j-1) (k-1). The Euclidean norm is Real.sqrt (∑ i, x i ^ 2). Suprema and maxima are sSup of sets that are nonempty and bounded under the stated hypotheses; where the paper's "max" carries content (Motzkin–Straus, (22), §7), attainment is stated with IsGreatest/IsLeast. The graph is a SimpleGraph (Fin v) with v≥1v\ge1v≥1, clique number Mathlib's SimpleGraph.cliqueNum, and its edges are enumerated by an arbitrary Fin e ≃ G.edgeSet. Every statement holds for each enumeration, so the tensor depends on the choice and the conclusions do not. Al\mathcal A_lAl​ is a rational tensor, read over R\mathbb RR by casting.

Explicit readings of the paper:

  • Definition 6.1 has no norm constraint. Since (σ,u,v,w)↦(tσ,tu,tv,tw)(\sigma,\mathbf u,\mathbf v,\mathbf w)\mapsto(t\sigma,t\mathbf u,t\mathbf v,t\mathbf w)(σ,u,v,w)↦(tσ,tu,tv,tw) preserves (20), unnormalized singular values make every nonzero real a singular value of Al\mathcal A_lAl​, so the clause "not for l>ωl>\omegal>ω" would be false. Singular vectors are therefore unit vectors, as in the paper's derivation on p. 0:21.
  • The statement of Lemma 6.11 prints wm+l+kw_{m+l+k}wm+l+k​. There is no mmm in §6, and the proof uses we+l+kw_{e+l+k}we+l+k​, which is formalized.
  • EkE_kEk​ is written entrywise as 12[{i,j}={ik,jk}]\frac12[\{i,j\}=\{i_k,j_k\}]21​[{i,j}={ik​,jk​}], which equals 12Eikjk+12Ejkik\frac12E_{i_kj_k}+\frac12E_{j_ki_k}21​Eik​jk​​+21​Ejk​ik​​ for a loopless edge.
  • "TlT_lTl​ is just the maximum ℓ2\ell^2ℓ2-singular value of Al\mathcal A_lAl​" is made explicit as milestone 7.
  • The goal does not claim that 111 fails to be a singular value of Al\mathcal A_lAl​ for l<ωl<\omegal<ω; the paper neither claims nor uses this.

This is the mathematical core of a polynomial-time Turing reduction, not an NP-hardness theorem. The polynomial size of Al\mathcal A_lAl​, the vvv-query procedure, the scaling to a general fixed 0≠σ∈Q0\ne\sigma\in\mathbb Q0=σ∈Q, and the NP-completeness of CLIQUE (Karp 1972, cited) are not formalized. Theorem 1.11 and Corollary 1.12 are out of scope.

Two formalizations would make the goal trivial, and both are excluded. One is dropping the unit-norm constraint, which makes every nonzero number a singular value. The other is a spectral norm taken as a supremum over all vectors without normalization, which makes it unbounded and junk-valued; here the quotients are normalized.

Contributions are welcome on each milestone. Motzkin–Straus, Banach (24) and He–Li–Zhang are self-contained and reusable. Lemma 6.11 and milestone 7 need Cauchy–Schwarz and a Lagrange-type stationarity argument on spheres, which Mathlib supports through IsLocalExtrOn and the Lagrange multiplier files.

Selected references

  • C. J. Hillar, L.-H. Lim, Most Tensor Problems Are NP-Hard, J. ACM 60(6), Article 45, 2013. https://doi.org/10.1145/2512329 (final version arXiv:0911.1393v5, https://arxiv.org/abs/0911.1393v5)
  • T. S. Motzkin, E. G. Straus, Maxima for graphs and a new proof of a theorem of Turán, Canadian J. Math. 17, 533–540, 1965. https://doi.org/10.4153/CJM-1965-053-6
  • S. Banach, Über homogene Polynome in (L²), Studia Math. 7, 36–44, 1938. https://doi.org/10.4064/sm-7-1-36-44
  • S. He, Z. Li, S. Zhang, Approximation algorithms for homogeneous polynomial optimization with quadratic constraints, Math. Program. Ser. B 125(2), 353–383, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-010-0409-z
  • R. M. Karp, Reducibility among combinatorial problems, in Complexity of Computer Computations, Plenum, 85–103, 1972. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4684-2001-2_9
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

A Primal-Dual Interior-Point Algorithm for Nonsymmetric Exponential-Cone Optimization 1: Along the Combined Corrector Direction the Residuals and the Complementarity Gap Both Scale by 1 − α(1 − γ)Research Paper

Motivation

Conic optimization over the exponential cone Kexp⁡=cl⁡{x∈R3:x1≥x2ex3/x2, x2>0}K_{\exp}=\operatorname{cl}\{x\in\mathbb R^3: x_1\ge x_2e^{x_3/x_2},\ x_2>0\}Kexp​=cl{x∈R3:x1​≥x2​ex3​/x2​, x2​>0} models entropy, relative entropy, logistic regression, log-sum-exp and geometric programming. Unlike the nonnegative orthant, the second-order cone and the semidefinite cone, the exponential cone is not symmetric (self-scaled), so the Nesterov–Todd primal-dual machinery that makes solvers such as SeDuMi and MOSEK fast does not apply as is. Dahl and Andersen (Math. Program. 194 (2022) 341–370) describe the nonsymmetric-cone algorithm implemented in MOSEK (version 9.2 in the paper's experiments). Its central new ingredient is a corrector for nonsymmetric cones, an analogue of Mehrotra's predictor-corrector that is responsible for much of the practical performance of symmetric-cone solvers. The paper reports that the corrector gives a substantial and consistent reduction in iteration counts across its test sets.

Timeline. Nesterov and Todd (1997, 1998) built primal-dual methods for self-scaled cones. Nesterov, Todd and Ye (1999) and Tunçel (2001) studied primal-dual scalings for general cones, Tunçel proving polynomial complexity of an infeasible method without a corrector under bounded scalings. Skajaa and Ye (2015) gave a homogeneous method for nonsymmetric cones with a Runge–Kutta corrector. Myklebust and Tunçel (2014) analysed BFGS-type scalings. Dahl and Andersen (2022) introduced the third-order corrector studied in this mission.

Setting

Let A ⁣:Rn→RmA\colon\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R^mA:Rn→Rm be linear with full row rank, b∈Rmb\in\mathbb R^mb∈Rm, c∈Rnc\in\mathbb R^nc∈Rn, and let K^⊆Rn\hat K\subseteq\mathbb R^nK^⊆Rn be a proper cone (pointed, closed, convex, with nonempty interior). A ϑ^\hat\varthetaϑ^-logarithmically homogeneous self-concordant barrier (LHSCB) for K^\hat KK^ is a C3C^3C3 convex function F^\hat FF^ on int⁡K^\operatorname{int}\hat KintK^ with ∣F^′′′(x)[u,u,u]∣≤2(F^′′(x)[u,u])3/2|\hat F'''(x)[u,u,u]|\le2(\hat F''(x)[u,u])^{3/2}∣F^′′′(x)[u,u,u]∣≤2(F^′′(x)[u,u])3/2 and F^(τx)=F^(x)−ϑ^log⁡τ\hat F(\tau x)=\hat F(x)-\hat\vartheta\log\tauF^(τx)=F^(x)−ϑ^logτ. The primal problem minimizes ⟨c,x^⟩\langle c,\hat x\rangle⟨c,x^⟩ subject to Ax^=bA\hat x=bAx^=b, x^∈K^\hat x\in\hat Kx^∈K^; the dual maximizes ⟨b,y⟩\langle b,y\rangle⟨b,y⟩ subject to c−ATy=s^∈K^∗c-A^Ty=\hat s\in\hat K^*c−ATy=s^∈K^∗.

The homogeneous model adds τ,κ≥0\tau,\kappa\ge0τ,κ≥0: x=(x^,τ)x=(\hat x,\tau)x=(x^,τ), s=(s^,κ)s=(\hat s,\kappa)s=(s^,κ), K=K^×R+K=\hat K\times\mathbb R_+K=K^×R+​, F(x)=F^(x^)−log⁡τF(x)=\hat F(\hat x)-\log\tauF(x)=F^(x^)−logτ, ϑ=ϑ^+1\vartheta=\hat\vartheta+1ϑ=ϑ^+1. With z=(x,s,y)z=(x,s,y)z=(x,s,y), the residual is

G(z)=(Ax^−bτ, −ATy+cτ−s^, bTy−cTx^−κ),G(z)=\bigl(A\hat x-b\tau,\ -A^Ty+c\tau-\hat s,\ b^Ty-c^T\hat x-\kappa\bigr),G(z)=(Ax^−bτ, −ATy+cτ−s^, bTy−cTx^−κ),

a linear map whose (y,x^,τ)(y,\hat x,\tau)(y,x^,τ)-block is skew-symmetric. An iterate has x∈int⁡Kx\in\operatorname{int}Kx∈intK, s∈int⁡K∗s\in\operatorname{int}K^*s∈intK∗, and μ=⟨x,s⟩/ϑ\mu=\langle x,s\rangle/\varthetaμ=⟨x,s⟩/ϑ. The shadow iterates are x~=−F∗′(s)\tilde x=-F_*'(s)x~=−F∗′​(s) and s~=−F′(x)\tilde s=-F'(x)s~=−F′(x), with F∗F_*F∗​ the conjugate barrier. A scaling is a nonsingular WWW with v=Wx=W−Tsv=Wx=W^{-T}sv=Wx=W−Ts and v~=Wx~=W−Ts~\tilde v=W\tilde x=W^{-T}\tilde sv~=Wx~=W−Ts~ (the double secant equations (8)).

The affine direction Δza\Delta z^aΔza solves G(Δza)=−G(z)G(\Delta z^a)=-G(z)G(Δza)=−G(z), WΔxa+W−TΔsa=−vW\Delta x^a+W^{-T}\Delta s^a=-vWΔxa+W−TΔsa=−v (11). The corrector is η=−12F′′′(x)[Δxa,(F′′(x))−1Δsa]\eta=-\tfrac12F'''(x)[\Delta x^a,(F''(x))^{-1}\Delta s^a]η=−21​F′′′(x)[Δxa,(F′′(x))−1Δsa] (16). For a centering parameter γ>0\gamma>0γ>0, the combined direction Δz\Delta zΔz solves

G(Δz)=−(1−γ)G(z),WΔx+W−TΔs=−v+γμv~−W−Tη.(18)G(\Delta z)=-(1-\gamma)G(z),\qquad W\Delta x+W^{-T}\Delta s=-v+\gamma\mu\tilde v-W^{-T}\eta. \tag{18}G(Δz)=−(1−γ)G(z),WΔx+W−TΔs=−v+γμv~−W−Tη.(18)

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 4 (p. 353)

Every solution of (18) satisfies

⟨s,Δx⟩+⟨x,Δs⟩=−(1−γ)⟨x,s⟩,⟨Δx,Δs⟩=0,\langle s,\Delta x\rangle+\langle x,\Delta s\rangle=-(1-\gamma)\langle x,s\rangle,\qquad\langle\Delta x,\Delta s\rangle=0,⟨s,Δx⟩+⟨x,Δs⟩=−(1−γ)⟨x,s⟩,⟨Δx,Δs⟩=0,

and for all α∈R\alpha\in\mathbb Rα∈R

G(z+αΔz)=(1−α(1−γ))G(z),⟨x+αΔx,s+αΔs⟩=(1−α(1−γ))⟨x,s⟩.G(z+\alpha\Delta z)=(1-\alpha(1-\gamma))G(z),\qquad\langle x+\alpha\Delta x,s+\alpha\Delta s\rangle=(1-\alpha(1-\gamma))\langle x,s\rangle.G(z+αΔz)=(1−α(1−γ))G(z),⟨x+αΔx,s+αΔs⟩=(1−α(1−γ))⟨x,s⟩.

The goal fixes no constants beyond those of the direction itself. It holds for every solution of (18), not a chosen one.

Milestones

  1. §2 homogeneity identities (p. 345): F′(τx)=F′(x)/τF'(\tau x)=F'(x)/\tauF′(τx)=F′(x)/τ, F′′(τx)=F′′(x)/τ2F''(\tau x)=F''(x)/\tau^2F′′(τx)=F′′(x)/τ2, F′′(x)x=−F′(x)F''(x)x=-F'(x)F′′(x)x=−F′(x), F′′′(x)[x]=−2F′′(x)F'''(x)[x]=-2F''(x)F′′′(x)[x]=−2F′′(x), ⟨F′(x),x⟩=−ϑ\langle F'(x),x\rangle=-\vartheta⟨F′(x),x⟩=−ϑ.
  2. §2 sum rule for the homogenizing block (pp. 345, 347): F^(x^)−log⁡τ\hat F(\hat x)-\log\tauF^(x^)−logτ is a (ϑ^+1)(\hat\vartheta+1)(ϑ^+1)-LHSCB for K^×R+\hat K\times\mathbb R_+K^×R+​.
  3. Lemma 2 (p. 351): the affine direction satisfies ⟨s,Δxa⟩+⟨x,Δsa⟩=−⟨x,s⟩\langle s,\Delta x^a\rangle+\langle x,\Delta s^a\rangle=-\langle x,s\rangle⟨s,Δxa⟩+⟨x,Δsa⟩=−⟨x,s⟩, ⟨Δxa,Δsa⟩=0\langle\Delta x^a,\Delta s^a\rangle=0⟨Δxa,Δsa⟩=0, and ⟨x+αΔxa,s+αΔsa⟩=(1−α)⟨x,s⟩\langle x+\alpha\Delta x^a,s+\alpha\Delta s^a\rangle=(1-\alpha)\langle x,s\rangle⟨x+αΔxa,s+αΔsa⟩=(1−α)⟨x,s⟩.
  4. Lemma 3 (p. 352): the pure corrector direction (G(Δzc)=0G(\Delta z^c)=0G(Δzc)=0, WΔxc+W−TΔsc=−W−TηW\Delta x^c+W^{-T}\Delta s^c=-W^{-T}\etaWΔxc+W−TΔsc=−W−Tη) satisfies ⟨s,Δxc⟩+⟨x,Δsc⟩=0\langle s,\Delta x^c\rangle+\langle x,\Delta s^c\rangle=0⟨s,Δxc⟩+⟨x,Δsc⟩=0 and ⟨Δxc,Δsc⟩=0\langle\Delta x^c,\Delta s^c\rangle=0⟨Δxc,Δsc⟩=0.

Significance

The result. Lemma 4 says that a step of any length along the combined direction reduces the infeasibility residuals and the complementarity gap by exactly the same factor. Starting from a point with μ0=1\mu^0=1μ0=1, the iterates satisfy G(zk)=μkG(z0)G(z^k)=\mu^kG(z^0)G(zk)=μkG(z0) and ⟨xk,sk⟩=μkϑ\langle x^k,s^k\rangle=\mu^k\vartheta⟨xk,sk⟩=μkϑ, so the algorithm needs no merit function to balance feasibility against optimality, in contrast with earlier nonsymmetric methods. The lemma also shows that adding the third-order corrector does not cost this property, which is what justifies using the corrector in MOSEK's exponential-cone solver.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper; nothing here is open. To our knowledge none of Lemmas 2–4, the §2 homogeneity identities or the barrier sum rule has a machine-checked proof. The mission produces a formal homogeneous model for a general proper cone with a general LHSCB and a formal account of third-derivative calculus for logarithmically homogeneous barriers. Both are reusable in any analysis of interior-point methods for nonsymmetric cones (power cones, generalized power cones, hyperbolicity cones).

Difficulty

The obvious reading of Lemma 4 as bookkeeping with the linear map GGG stalls at the corrector: the term W−TηW^{-T}\etaW−Tη in (18) involves the third derivative of the barrier, and nothing in linear algebra says how it interacts with the complementarity gap. Controlling it needs the third-derivative calculus of logarithmically homogeneous barriers. In Lean that means relating gradient, the Hessian as fderiv of the gradient, and the third derivative as fderiv of the Hessian, and working with the symmetry of iterated Fréchet derivatives of a C3C^3C3 function, for which the Mathlib interface is thin. A second obstacle is the augmented barrier: the barrier properties of F^\hat FF^ must be transported to F^(x^)−log⁡τ\hat F(\hat x)-\log\tauF^(x^)−logτ on Rn+1\mathbb R^{n+1}Rn+1 through the splitting Rn+1=Rn×R\mathbb R^{n+1}=\mathbb R^n\times\mathbb RRn+1=Rn×R, including the boundary behaviour at the corner x^∈∂K^\hat x\in\partial\hat Kx^∈∂K^, τ=0\tau=0τ=0.

The first identity of Lemma 4 is misprinted in the paper as =0=0=0. A formalization following the printed statement would be false, not merely awkward.

Formalization scope

Vectors of the augmented space are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin (n + 1)); x^\hat xx^ is the first nnn coordinates and τ\tauτ (resp. κ\kappaκ) the last. AAA is a continuous linear map and ATA^TAT its Hilbert adjoint; full row rank is surjectivity. Proper cones, the Hessian hess, the barrier class IsLogHomBarrier and the conjugate conj are the published SelfScaledIPM.ShortStep.Setting. That barrier class adds three standard conditions to the paper's two (boundary blow-up, the ϑ\varthetaϑ-inequality and a positive definite Hessian), which the paper uses implicitly when it writes (F′′(x))−1(F''(x))^{-1}(F′′(x))−1 and calls FFF a barrier. WWW is a continuous linear equivalence and W−TW^{-T}W−T the adjoint of W−1W^{-1}W−1. F′′′(x)[u,w]F'''(x)[u,w]F′′′(x)[u,w] is fderiv ℝ (hess F) x u w and (F′′(x))−1(F''(x))^{-1}(F′′(x))−1 is ContinuousLinearMap.inverse. Every inner product includes the homogenizing term τκ\tau\kappaτκ.

Repairs, generalizations and specializations, each disclosed in the item statements:

  • Repair: Lemma 4's first identity is stated as −(1−γ)⟨x,s⟩-(1-\gamma)\langle x,s\rangle−(1−γ)⟨x,s⟩, as derived in the paper's own proof, instead of the printed 000.
  • Generalization: one proper cone K^\hat KK^ with one barrier replaces the paper's product K1×⋯×KkK_1\times\dots\times K_kK1​×⋯×Kk​. The product with the sum barrier is a special case.
  • Generalization: WWW is any nonsingular map satisfying (8). The paper's block-diagonal scaling with Wk+1=κ/τW_{k+1}=\sqrt{\kappa/\tau}Wk+1​=κ/τ​ is a special case.
  • Specialization: the sum rule is stated for K2=R+K_2=\mathbb R_+K2​=R+​, F2=−log⁡F_2=-\logF2​=−log, ϑ2=1\vartheta_2=1ϑ2​=1, the only case the paper applies.

The directions are predicates ("Δz\Delta zΔz solves (11)"), and the lemmas quantify over all solutions. The hypotheses are satisfiable. For the linear program n=m=1n=m=1n=m=1, A=1A=1A=1, b=c=1b=c=1b=c=1, K^=R+\hat K=\mathbb R_+K^=R+​, F^=−log⁡\hat F=-\logF^=−log, x=s=(1,1)x=s=(1,1)x=s=(1,1), y=0y=0y=0, W=IW=IW=I, system (11) has the unique solution Δxa=(0,0)\Delta x^a=(0,0)Δxa=(0,0), Δsa=(−1,−1)\Delta s^a=(-1,-1)Δsa=(−1,−1), Δya=1\Delta y^a=1Δya=1. Statements that hold only because a junk value appears are ruled out: every statement requires x∈int⁡Kx\in\operatorname{int}Kx∈intK and s∈int⁡K∗s\in\operatorname{int}K^*s∈intK∗, where log⁡τ\log\taulogτ, the inverse Hessian and the conjugate barrier take their true values. A formalization that drops τ,κ\tau,\kappaτ,κ from the inner products, or that fixes one solution of (18) instead of quantifying over all, would be a different lemma and does not count.

Welcome contributions: the general sum rule for products of cones, a Fin.append splitting library for EuclideanSpace, and proofs of the homogeneity identities that can be reused by the series' other missions.

Selected references

  • J. Dahl, E. D. Andersen, A primal-dual interior-point algorithm for nonsymmetric exponential-cone optimization, Math. Program. 194 (2022) 341–370. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-021-01631-4
  • Yu. Nesterov, M. J. Todd, Primal-dual interior-point methods for self-scaled cones, SIAM J. Optim. 8 (1998) 324–364. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623495290209
  • L. Tunçel, Generalization of primal-dual interior-point methods to convex optimization problems in conic form, Found. Comput. Math. 1 (2001) 229–254. https://doi.org/10.1007/s002080010009
  • A. Skajaa, Y. Ye, A homogeneous interior-point algorithm for nonsymmetric convex conic optimization, Math. Program. 150 (2015) 391–422. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-014-0773-1
  • T. Myklebust, L. Tunçel, Interior-point algorithms for convex optimization based on primal-dual metrics, arXiv:1411.2129 (2014). https://arxiv.org/abs/1411.2129
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Linear OptimizationOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

An Exact Algorithm for the Two-Echelon Capacitated Vehicle Routing Problem 2: The Best Lagrangean Bound of the Integer Relaxation RF Is at Least the LP Relaxation Bound, Sometimes StrictlyResearch Paper

Motivation

In two-echelon distribution goods travel from a central depot to intermediate facilities, called satellites, on large first-level vehicles, and from the satellites to customers on smaller second-level vehicles. City logistics schemes that keep heavy trucks out of urban centres are the standard example. The two-echelon capacitated vehicle routing problem (2E-CVRP) asks for the cheapest set of routes on both levels that serves every customer while respecting vehicle, fleet and satellite capacities.

Exact methods for problems of this kind are branch-and-bound or enumeration schemes whose speed depends on the quality of the lower bounds they use. Baldacci, Mingozzi, Roberti and Wolfler Calvo (Oper. Res. 61(2), 2013) built their exact algorithm on a Lagrangean-type relaxation RFRFRF of a set-partitioning formulation FFF, rather than on the LP relaxation LFLFLF of that formulation. Their Theorem 2 is the justification for that design choice: the best bound RFRFRF can deliver is never weaker than z(LF)z(LF)z(LF), and can be strictly stronger. This mission formalizes that comparison.

Setting

An instance has a depot 000, satellites NSN_SNS​ and customers NCN_CNC​, a symmetric travel cost duvd_{uv}duv​ (in which the fixed vehicle costs U1,U2U_1, U_2U1​,U2​ have already been folded into the depot–satellite and satellite–customer entries), positive integer demands qiq_iqi​, capacities Q1>Q2>0Q_1 > Q_2 > 0Q1​>Q2​>0 for first- and second-level vehicles, a bound m1m^1m1 on first-level vehicles, mkm_kmk​ second-level vehicles at satellite kkk, a global bound m2≤∑kmkm^2 \le \sum_k m_km2≤∑k​mk​ on second-level vehicles, a capacity BkB_kBk​ and a unit handling cost HkH_kHk​ for each satellite.

A first-level route r∈Mr \in \mathcal Mr∈M leaves the depot, visits a set RrR_rRr​ of satellites and returns; its cost grg_rgr​ is the cost of that closed walk. A second-level route l∈Rkl \in \mathcal R_kl∈Rk​ leaves satellite kkk, visits a set RklR_{kl}Rkl​ of customers and returns; its load is wkl=∑i∈Rklqi≤Q2w_{kl} = \sum_{i \in R_{kl}} q_i \le Q_2wkl​=∑i∈Rkl​​qi​≤Q2​, aikla_{ikl}aikl​ counts its visits to customer iii, and its cost cklc_{kl}ckl​ is its closed-walk cost plus HkwklH_k w_{kl}Hk​wkl​.

Formulation FFF uses binaries xklx_{kl}xkl​ (route lll of satellite kkk is used), binaries yry_ryr​, and nonnegative integers qkrq_{kr}qkr​ (quantity route rrr delivers to satellite k∈Rrk \in R_rk∈Rr​). It minimizes ∑cklxkl+∑gryr\sum c_{kl}x_{kl} + \sum g_r y_r∑ckl​xkl​+∑gr​yr​ subject to: each customer is covered exactly once (2); at most mkm_kmk​ routes at satellite kkk (3) and m2m^2m2 overall (4); the load delivered from satellite kkk is at most BkB_kBk​ (5); at most m1m^1m1 first-level routes (6); what first-level routes bring to satellite kkk equals what its second-level routes carry (7); and ∑k∈Rrqkr≤Q1yr\sum_{k \in R_r} q_{kr} \le Q_1 y_r∑k∈Rr​​qkr​≤Q1​yr​ (8).

The LP relaxation LFLFLF replaces the integrality of x,y,qx, y, qx,y,q by 0≤x,y≤10 \le x, y \le 10≤x,y≤1, q≥0q \ge 0q≥0. Its value is z(LF)z(LF)z(LF), equal to +∞+\infty+∞ when LFLFLF is infeasible.

The relaxation RF(β,λ,μ)RF(\beta, \lambda, \mu)RF(β,λ,μ) relaxes (2)–(4) with penalties λ∈RNC\lambda \in \mathbb{R}^{N_C}λ∈RNC​, μk≤0\mu_k \le 0μk​≤0 and μ0≤0\mu_0 \le 0μ0​≤0, and replaces the second-level routes by marginal routing costs βik\beta_{ik}βik​ that must satisfy, for every route l∈Rkl \in \mathcal R_kl∈Rk​,

∑iaiklβik≤ckl−∑iaiklλi−μk−μ0.(12)\sum_{i} a_{ikl}\beta_{ik} \le c_{kl} - \sum_i a_{ikl}\lambda_i - \mu_k - \mu_0. \tag{12}i∑​aikl​βik​≤ckl​−i∑​aikl​λi​−μk​−μ0​.(12)

Its variables are binaries ξik\xi_{ik}ξik​ (customer iii is supplied from satellite kkk), yry_ryr​ and qkrq_{kr}qkr​; it minimizes

∑k,iβikξik+∑rgryr+∑iλi+∑kmkμk+m2μ0\sum_{k,i}\beta_{ik}\xi_{ik} + \sum_r g_r y_r + \sum_i \lambda_i + \sum_k m_k\mu_k + m^2\mu_0k,i∑​βik​ξik​+r∑​gr​yr​+i∑​λi​+k∑​mk​μk​+m2μ0​

subject to single assignment of each customer, flow balance ∑r∈Mkqkr=∑iqiξik\sum_{r \in \mathcal M_k} q_{kr} = \sum_i q_i\xi_{ik}∑r∈Mk​​qkr​=∑i​qi​ξik​, satellite capacity ∑iqiξik≤Bk\sum_i q_i \xi_{ik} \le B_k∑i​qi​ξik​≤Bk​, and (6), (8). A choice (β,λ,μ,μ0)(\beta,\lambda,\mu,\mu_0)(β,λ,μ,μ0​) with μ,μ0≤0\mu, \mu_0 \le 0μ,μ0​≤0 and (12) is admissible.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2

max⁡β,λ,μ z(RF(β,λ,μ)) ≥ z(LF),and the inequality can be strict.\max_{\beta,\lambda,\mu}\, z(RF(\beta,\lambda,\mu)) \ \ge\ z(LF), \quad\text{and the inequality can be strict.}β,λ,μmax​z(RF(β,λ,μ)) ≥ z(LF),and the inequality can be strict.

Formally: (1) for every instance and route families whose LFLFLF is feasible, some admissible (β,λ,μ,μ0)(\beta,\lambda,\mu,\mu_0)(β,λ,μ,μ0​) satisfies z(LF)≤z(RF(β,λ,μ))z(LF) \le z(RF(\beta,\lambda,\mu))z(LF)≤z(RF(β,λ,μ)); (2) some instance, route families and admissible choice give z(LF)<z(RF(β,λ,μ))<+∞z(LF) < z(RF(\beta,\lambda,\mu)) < +\inftyz(LF)<z(RF(β,λ,μ))<+∞.

Milestones

  • §3, remark on LFLFLF: if every gr>0g_r > 0gr​>0, every optimal LFLFLF solution has yr=(∑k∈Rrqkr)/Q1y_r = (\sum_{k \in R_r} q_{kr})/Q_1yr​=(∑k∈Rr​​qkr​)/Q1​.
  • Theorem 2, first clause: the bound, for every instance with LFLFLF feasible.
  • Theorem 2, second clause: the strict instance.

Significance

Theorem 2 places the relaxation RFRFRF in the hierarchy of bounds for the 2E-CVRP. The remark on LFLFLF explains its weakness: in the LP relaxation each first-level route is paid for only in proportion to the load it carries, so z(LF)z(LF)z(LF) degrades as first-level routing costs grow. RFRFRF keeps yry_ryr​ binary and therefore pays the full cost of every first-level route used, while the second-level routing is priced through β\betaβ. The theorem guarantees that optimizing over penalties never loses against the LP bound, which is what makes the bounds LD1 and the further relaxation RF‾\overline{RF}RF of the paper worth computing.

The paper's proof is in its electronic companion and is not reproduced in the article. A formal proof makes the comparison checkable, and fixes the exact conditions under which it holds: the remark on LFLFLF needs positive first-level route costs, and the "max" in Theorem 2 is attained only when LFLFLF is feasible. Neither part is formalized elsewhere. Linear programming strong duality is available on the platform as LinearOptimization.lp_strong_duality (Bertsimas and Tsitsiklis, Theorem 4.4, Proved); a related but different statement is LinearOptimization.lagrangean_dual_eq_lp_over_hull (Theorem 11.4 there), which concerns the Lagrangean dual of a generic integer program rather than RFRFRF.

Difficulty

RFRFRF is not the Lagrangean dual of FFF in the textbook sense: it changes the variables (customer-to-satellite assignments ξ\xiξ instead of routes xxx), keeps the assignment constraints, and couples the multipliers through the inequalities (12). So the general fact that a Lagrangean dual is at least the LP bound does not apply directly; one must construct, from the data of LFLFLF, an admissible β\betaβ that is compatible with the flow-balance and capacity constraints of RFRFRF. For the strict clause, the instance must satisfy every structural requirement of the model (positive demands, Q2<Q1Q_2 < Q_1Q2​<Q1​, route loads at most Q2Q_2Q2​, m2≤∑kmkm^2 \le \sum_k m_km2≤∑k​mk​), and RFRFRF must be feasible, so that the gap is a genuine gap between finite bounds.

Formalization scope

Satellites and customers are Fin ns and Fin nc (0-based). The travel cost is an arbitrary symmetric real matrix; the triangle inequality is not assumed. Demands are positive integers. Route families M\mathcal MM, R\mathcal RR are arbitrary finite families of nonempty elementary routes (repetitions allowed), with costs computed from ddd along the closed walk, so the statements cover the paper's families of all routes as a special case. Binary variables are Bool, integer quantities ℕ, LFLFLF variables real. Optimal values are infima over the feasible set in EReal, +∞+\infty+∞ for an infeasible problem; there is no junk value 000.

Part 1 of the goal assumes LFLFLF feasible: when LFLFLF is infeasible the printed relation would read "sup⁡=+∞\sup = +\inftysup=+∞", which is not attained by any single choice of penalties. Part 2 requires z(RF)<+∞z(RF) < +\inftyz(RF)<+∞, which rules out the trivial witness of an instance with RFRFRF infeasible; admissibility includes μ,μ0≤0\mu, \mu_0 \le 0μ,μ0​≤0, without which the supremum is +∞+\infty+∞ for trivial reasons.

The definitions (instance, route systems, FFF, LFLFLF, (12), RFRFRF) are shared in shape with the two companion missions of this series and are intended for consolidation. Proofs of the bound will need finite-dimensional LP duality; contributions that connect LFLFLF to the platform's general-form LP and its strong duality theorem are welcome.

Selected references

  • R. Baldacci, A. Mingozzi, R. Roberti, R. Wolfler Calvo, An Exact Algorithm for the Two-Echelon Capacitated Vehicle Routing Problem, Operations Research 61(2), 298–314, 2013. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1120.1153
  • D. Bertsimas, J. N. Tsitsiklis, Introduction to Linear Optimization, Athena Scientific, 1997 (Theorem 4.4, strong duality; Theorem 11.4, Lagrangean duality).
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationNumerical AnalysisOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Efficiency of Coordinate Descent Methods on Huge-Scale Optimization Problems 3: For Block-Constrained Problems, Uniform Coordinate Descent Has Rate n/(n + k), Linear Under Strong ConvexityResearch Paper

Motivation

Coordinate descent methods update one block of variables at a time. They are the method of choice when the number of variables is so large that even one full gradient is too expensive, while a single partial derivative is cheap: support vector machines, ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​-regularized regression, and large sparse least-squares problems are the standard examples. Yu. Nesterov's paper Efficiency of coordinate descent methods on huge-scale optimization problems (CORE Discussion Paper 2010/2; journal version SIAM J. Optim. 22 (2012), doi:10.1137/100802001) gave the first global efficiency estimates for randomized coordinate descent, and these estimates started a large literature on random coordinate and block methods.

Many applications carry simple constraints on each block: bounds on each variable, a simplex or a ball per block. Section 4 of the paper shows that randomized coordinate descent handles such block-separable constraints at no loss: a projected block step, chosen uniformly at random, enjoys the same O(n/k)O(n/k)O(n/k) expected rate as the unconstrained method, and a linear rate under strong convexity. This mission formalizes that result, Theorem 5.

Setting

The space RN\mathbb R^NRN is split into n≥1n\ge1n≥1 blocks, RN=Rn1×⋯×Rnn\mathbb R^N=\mathbb R^{n_1}\times\cdots\times\mathbb R^{n_n}RN=Rn1​×⋯×Rnn​ with N=∑iniN=\sum_in_iN=∑i​ni​ and every ni≥1n_i\ge1ni​≥1. A point xxx is the family of its blocks x(i)∈Rnix^{(i)}\in\mathbb R^{n_i}x(i)∈Rni​, and UihU_ihUi​h is the point whose iii-th block is hhh and whose other blocks are zero. Each block carries a Euclidean norm ∥h∥(i)2=⟨Bih,h⟩\|h\|_{(i)}^2=\langle B_ih,h\rangle∥h∥(i)2​=⟨Bi​h,h⟩ with Bi≻0B_i\succ0Bi​≻0 (3.4).

The objective f:RN→Rf:\mathbb R^N\to\mathbb Rf:RN→R is convex and differentiable, and its gradient is coordinate-wise Lipschitz (2.2): writing fi′(x)=UiT∇f(x)f'_i(x)=U_i^T\nabla f(x)fi′​(x)=UiT​∇f(x) for the iii-th block of the gradient, there are constants Li>0L_i>0Li​>0 with

∥fi′(x+Uih)−fi′(x)∥(i)∗≤Li∥h∥(i)for all x, i, h.\|f'_i(x+U_ih)-f'_i(x)\|^*_{(i)}\le L_i\|h\|_{(i)}\quad\text{for all }x,\ i,\ h .∥fi′​(x+Ui​h)−fi′​(x)∥(i)∗​≤Li​∥h∥(i)​for all x, i, h.

The weighted norm is ∥x∥12=∑iLi∥x(i)∥(i)2\|x\|_1^2=\sum_iL_i\|x^{(i)}\|_{(i)}^2∥x∥12​=∑i​Li​∥x(i)∥(i)2​ (3.5). The function fff is strongly convex in ∥⋅∥1\|\cdot\|_1∥⋅∥1​ with constant σ>0\sigma>0σ>0 if f(y)≥f(x)+⟨∇f(x),y−x⟩+σ2∥y−x∥12f(y)\ge f(x)+\langle\nabla f(x),y-x\rangle+\frac\sigma2\|y-x\|_1^2f(y)≥f(x)+⟨∇f(x),y−x⟩+2σ​∥y−x∥12​ for all x,yx,yx,y (3.1).

The problem is (4.1), min⁡x∈Qf(x)\min_{x\in Q}f(x)minx∈Q​f(x) with Q=Q1×⋯×QnQ=Q_1\times\cdots\times Q_nQ=Q1​×⋯×Qn​ and each Qi⊆RniQ_i\subseteq\mathbb R^{n_i}Qi​⊆Rni​ nonempty, closed and convex. Its optimal value is f∗f^*f∗, attained at an optimal solution x∗∈Qx_*\in Qx∗​∈Q. The constrained coordinate update (4.2) is

u(i)(x)=arg⁡min⁡u∈Qi[⟨fi′(x),u−x(i)⟩+Li2∥u−x(i)∥(i)2],Vi(x)=x+Ui(u(i)(x)−x(i)).u^{(i)}(x)=\arg\min_{u\in Q_i}\Big[\langle f'_i(x),u-x^{(i)}\rangle+\tfrac{L_i}2\|u-x^{(i)}\|_{(i)}^2\Big],\qquad V_i(x)=x+U_i\big(u^{(i)}(x)-x^{(i)}\big).u(i)(x)=argu∈Qi​min​[⟨fi′​(x),u−x(i)⟩+2Li​​∥u−x(i)∥(i)2​],Vi​(x)=x+Ui​(u(i)(x)−x(i)).

The uniform coordinate descent method UCDM(x0)(x_0)(x0​) (4.5) draws iki_kik​ uniformly from {1,…,n}\{1,\dots,n\}{1,…,n} and sets xk+1=Vik(xk)x_{k+1}=V_{i_k}(x_k)xk+1​=Vik​​(xk​). Its expected objective is φk=Ef(xk)\varphi_k=\mathbb E f(x_k)φk​=Ef(xk​), the expectation over i0,…,ik−1i_0,\dots,i_{k-1}i0​,…,ik−1​. The level-set radius R1(x0)R_1(x_0)R1​(x0​) is the largest ∥⋅∥1\|\cdot\|_1∥⋅∥1​-distance between a feasible xxx with f(x)≤f(x0)f(x)\le f(x_0)f(x)≤f(x0​) and an optimal solution.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5

For every k≥0k\ge0k≥0,

φk−f∗≤nn+k[12R12(x0)+f(x0)−f∗],\varphi_k-f^*\le\frac n{n+k}\Big[\tfrac12R_1^2(x_0)+f(x_0)-f^*\Big],φk​−f∗≤n+kn​[21​R12​(x0​)+f(x0​)−f∗],

and, if fff is strongly convex in ∥⋅∥1\|\cdot\|_1∥⋅∥1​ with constant σ>0\sigma>0σ>0,

φk−f∗≤(1−2σn(1+σ))k(12R12(x0)+f(x0)−f∗).(4.6)\varphi_k-f^*\le\Big(1-\frac{2\sigma}{n(1+\sigma)}\Big)^k\Big(\tfrac12R_1^2(x_0)+f(x_0)-f^*\Big).\qquad(4.6)φk​−f∗≤(1−n(1+σ)2σ​)k(21​R12​(x0​)+f(x0​)−f∗).(4.6)

Milestones

  1. (4.3): the optimality condition ⟨fi′(x)+LiBi(u(i)(x)−x(i)),u−u(i)(x)⟩≥0\langle f'_i(x)+L_iB_i(u^{(i)}(x)-x^{(i)}),u-u^{(i)}(x)\rangle\ge0⟨fi′​(x)+Li​Bi​(u(i)(x)−x(i)),u−u(i)(x)⟩≥0 for all u∈Qiu\in Q_iu∈Qi​.
  2. (4.4): for feasible xxx, f(x)−f(Vi(x))≥Li2∥u(i)(x)−x(i)∥(i)2f(x)-f(V_i(x))\ge\frac{L_i}2\|u^{(i)}(x)-x^{(i)}\|_{(i)}^2f(x)−f(Vi​(x))≥2Li​​∥u(i)(x)−x(i)∥(i)2​.
  3. (4.7): with rk=∥xk−x∗∥1r_k=\|x_k-x_*\|_1rk​=∥xk​−x∗​∥1​,  Eik(12rk+12+f(xk+1)−f∗)≤12rk2+f(xk)−f∗+1n⟨∇f(xk),x∗−xk⟩\ \mathbb E_{i_k}\big(\frac12r_{k+1}^2+f(x_{k+1})-f^*\big)\le\frac12r_k^2+f(x_k)-f^*+\frac1n\langle\nabla f(x_k),x_*-x_k\rangle Eik​​(21​rk+12​+f(xk+1​)−f∗)≤21​rk2​+f(xk​)−f∗+n1​⟨∇f(xk​),x∗​−xk​⟩.
  4. Footnote 2: under (2.2), the strong convexity constant satisfies σ≤1\sigma\le1σ≤1.

Significance

The result. Theorem 5 shows that the cost of a constrained problem with separable constraints is, up to the projection onto each QiQ_iQi​, the cost of the unconstrained one: O(n/ϵ)O(n/\epsilon)O(n/ϵ) block steps for accuracy ϵ\epsilonϵ, and O(nσlog⁡1ϵ)O\big(\frac n\sigma\log\frac1\epsilon\big)O(σn​logϵ1​) under strong convexity. The method needs no knowledge of σ\sigmaσ; the same iteration attains whichever rate applies. The Lyapunov function 12∥x−x∗∥12+f(x)−f∗\frac12\|x-x_*\|_1^2+f(x)-f^*21​∥x−x∗​∥12​+f(x)−f∗ of (4.7) needs no level-set argument, so it applies wherever the projected step is cheap.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper; no machine-checked proof of it, or of any rate for a randomized constrained coordinate method, appears in the Prove2Me catalogue or in Mathlib. The Prove2Me catalogue holds Bubeck's scalar, unconstrained random coordinate descent results (ConvexOptAlg.CoordDescent.*) and the deterministic Tseng–Yun coordinate gradient descent; neither covers a projected block step. A formalization produces the first verified rate for a randomized method with constraints, and a reusable model of block-structured spaces, block projections and expectations over random index sequences.

Difficulty

The unconstrained analysis of the paper (Theorem 1) bounds the distance to the optimum by a level-set radius and uses the decrease f(x)−f(Ti(x))≥(∥fi′(x)∥(i)∗)2/(2Li)f(x)-f(T_i(x))\ge(\|f'_i(x)\|^*_{(i)})^2/(2L_i)f(x)−f(Ti​(x))≥(∥fi′​(x)∥(i)∗​)2/(2Li​) of a gradient step. Neither carries over: with constraints the gradient at the optimum need not vanish, so the decrease of a projected step is not controlled by the gradient norm, and the unconstrained recursion φk−φk+1≥(φk−f∗)2/C\varphi_k-\varphi_{k+1}\ge(\varphi_k-f^*)^2/Cφk​−φk+1​≥(φk​−f∗)2/C is not available. A different potential is needed, and its one-step estimate (4.7) is the central milestone. For the linear rate, the contraction factor must be shown nonnegative without assuming σ≤1\sigma\le1σ≤1, which is where footnote 2 enters.

Formalization scope

RN\mathbb R^NRN is the dependent product Blocks E =∏i:Fin nEi=\prod_{i:\mathrm{Fin}\,n}E_i=∏i:Finn​Ei​, each EiE_iEi​ a finite-dimensional real inner product space whose inner product is the paper's ⟨Bi⋅,⋅⟩\langle B_i\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨Bi​⋅,⋅⟩. Indices are 0-based. The dual norm is the operator norm of linear functionals, and fi′(x)f'_i(x)fi′​(x) is the Fréchet derivative of fff composed with the block inclusion. Random draws are explicit index sequences, so φk\varphi_kφk​ is the finite average of f(xk)f(x_k)f(xk​) over all nkn^knk sequences of draws; no measure theory is involved.

Explicit choices where the paper is silent:

  • n≥1n\ge1n≥1, every block nontrivial (ni≥1n_i\ge1ni​≥1), and Li>0L_i>0Li​>0 are hypotheses.
  • Every QiQ_iQi​ is nonempty, and x0∈Qx_0\in Qx0​∈Q. The paper leaves both implicit; without x0∈Qx_0\in Qx0​∈Q the iterates are infeasible and φk−f∗\varphi_k-f^*φk​−f∗ can be negative.
  • u(i)(x)u^{(i)}(x)u(i)(x) is a choice among the minimizers of the block subproblem. Under the hypotheses the minimizer exists and is unique, so the choice is the paper's update.
  • R1(x0)R_1(x_0)R1​(x0​) is never computed: the theorem takes any RRR with ∥x−x∗∥1≤R\|x-x_*\|_1\le R∥x−x∗​∥1​≤R for every feasible xxx with f(x)≤f(x0)f(x)\le f(x_0)f(x)≤f(x0​) and every optimal solution x∗x_*x∗​. This is equivalent to the paper's bound when R1(x0)R_1(x_0)R1​(x0​) is finite and avoids the default value of a supremum. The level set is taken inside QQQ, the reading of the p. 7 definition for problem (4.1).
  • f∗f^*f∗ is the constrained optimum f(x∗)f(x_*)f(x∗​) for an optimal solution x∗∈Qx_*\in Qx∗​∈Q, not an unconstrained minimum.
  • Strong convexity is (3.1) on all of RN\mathbb R^NRN in ∥⋅∥1\|\cdot\|_1∥⋅∥1​. The linear rate does not assume σ≤1\sigma\le1σ≤1; footnote 2 derives it.
  • Printed typos are corrected in the Lean: UiTU_i^TUiT​ in (4.2) is UiU_iUi​; uiu^iui in (4.3) is u(i)u^{(i)}u(i).

A formalization in which the update is an arbitrary point of QiQ_iQi​ or an unprojected gradient step, the draws are not uniform, or f∗f^*f∗ is the unconstrained minimum, proves a different theorem and is ruled out by the definitions above.

Needed infrastructure: existence and the variational characterization of the minimizer of a strongly convex quadratic over a closed convex set (Mathlib has projections onto closed convex sets in Hilbert spaces), the block descent inequality (2.3) obtained from (2.2), and manipulation of the finite expectations over index sequences (conditioning on the last draw). The block model, the weighted norm and the expectation are shared with the other missions of this series. Proofs of the milestones, and of (2.3) as a supporting lemma, are welcome.

Selected references

  • Yu. Nesterov, Efficiency of coordinate descent methods on huge-scale optimization problems, CORE Discussion Paper 2010/2, Université catholique de Louvain, 2010. https://core.ac.uk/download/6430808.pdf
  • Yu. Nesterov, Efficiency of coordinate descent methods on huge-scale optimization problems, SIAM Journal on Optimization 22(2) (2012), 341–362. https://doi.org/10.1137/100802001
  • Yu. Nesterov, Introductory Lectures on Convex Optimization: A Basic Course, Kluwer, 2004 (Section 2.1, cited in the proof). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-8853-9
  • P. Tseng and S. Yun, A coordinate gradient descent method for nonsmooth separable minimization, Mathematical Programming 117 (2009), 387–423. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-007-0170-0
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

Sparsity Constrained Nonlinear Optimization: Optimality Conditions and Algorithms IV: Accumulation Points of the Partial Sparse-Simplex Method Are L2(f)-Stationary PointsResearch Paper

Motivation

Many problems in signal processing, statistics and machine learning ask for a minimizer of a smooth loss among vectors with few nonzero entries: compressed sensing with a nonlinear measurement model, sparse regression with a non-quadratic loss, sparse phase retrieval. The common abstraction is the sparsity constrained problem

(P)min⁡ f(x)s.t.∥x∥0≤s,(\mathrm P)\qquad \min\ f(x)\quad\text{s.t.}\quad \|x\|_0\le s,(P)min f(x)s.t.∥x∥0​≤s,

where fff is continuously differentiable but not necessarily convex. The constraint set is a finite union of linear subspaces, so (P) is nonconvex and in general NP-hard, and its solutions are not characterized by the classical KKT theory.

Beck and Eldar (SIAM J. Optim. 2013, arXiv:1203.4580) introduced a hierarchy of necessary optimality conditions for (P) and matched each condition with an algorithm whose limit points satisfy it. Iterative hard thresholding (Blumensath and Davies 2008) reaches LLL-stationarity for L>L(f)L>L(f)L>L(f); the greedy sparse-simplex method reaches coordinate-wise minimality, but each of its iterations calls up to O(sn)O(sn)O(sn) one-dimensional minimizations. This mission formalizes the paper's compromise between the two: the partial sparse-simplex method, which examines only two candidate moves per saturated iteration, and whose limit points are L2(f)L_2(f)L2​(f)-stationary.

Setting

Vectors live in Rn\mathbb R^nRn with the Euclidean norm; eie_iei​ is the iii-th unit vector. For x∈Rnx\in\mathbb R^nx∈Rn:

  • the ℓ0\ell_0ℓ0​ norm ∥x∥0\|x\|_0∥x∥0​ is the number of nonzero components of xxx;
  • the support is I1(x)={i:xi≠0}I_1(x)=\{i: x_i\ne0\}I1​(x)={i:xi​=0}, and I0(x)={i:xi=0}I_0(x)=\{i: x_i=0\}I0​(x)={i:xi​=0} is its complement;
  • Cs={x:∥x∥0≤s}C_s=\{x:\|x\|_0\le s\}Cs​={x:∥x∥0​≤s} is the feasible set, for an integer 0<s<n0<s<n0<s<n;
  • Ms(x)M_s(x)Ms​(x) is the sss-th largest of ∣x1∣,…,∣xn∣|x_1|,\dots,|x_n|∣x1​∣,…,∣xn​∣, counted with multiplicity; Ms(x)=0M_s(x)=0Ms​(x)=0 exactly when ∥x∥0<s\|x\|_0<s∥x∥0​<s.

The objective fff is continuously differentiable and bounded below (Assumption 1, standing throughout the paper). Assumption 2 asks that ∇f\nabla f∇f be Lipschitz with some constant L(f)L(f)L(f). A constant L2L_2L2​ satisfies the local Lipschitz condition (2.15) if for every pair i≠ji\ne ji=j, every xxx and every ddd supported in {i,j}\{i,j\}{i,j},

∥∇i,jf(x)−∇i,jf(x+d)∥≤L2∥d∥,∇i,jf(x)=(∇if(x),∇jf(x)).\big\|\nabla_{i,j}f(x)-\nabla_{i,j}f(x+d)\big\|\le L_2\|d\|,\qquad \nabla_{i,j}f(x)=(\nabla_if(x),\nabla_jf(x)).​∇i,j​f(x)−∇i,j​f(x+d)​≤L2​∥d∥,∇i,j​f(x)=(∇i​f(x),∇j​f(x)).

The paper's local Lipschitz constant L2(f)=max⁡i≠jLi,j(f)L_2(f)=\max_{i\ne j}L_{i,j}(f)L2​(f)=maxi=j​Li,j​(f) satisfies it, and L2(f)≤L(f)L_2(f)\le L(f)L2​(f)≤L(f).

The projection PCs(y)P_{C_s}(y)PCs​​(y) is the set of points of CsC_sCs​ nearest to yyy. For L>0L>0L>0, a point x∗x^*x∗ is an LLL-stationary point (Definition 2.3) if

x∗∈Csandx∗∈PCs ⁣(x∗−1L∇f(x∗)).[NCL]x^*\in C_s\quad\text{and}\quad x^*\in P_{C_s}\!\Big(x^*-\tfrac1L\nabla f(x^*)\Big).\qquad[\mathrm{NC}_L]x∗∈Cs​andx∗∈PCs​​(x∗−L1​∇f(x∗)).[NCL​]

The partial sparse-simplex method (p. 25) starts at x0∈Csx^0\in C_sx0∈Cs​. If ∥xk∥0<s\|x^k\|_0<s∥xk∥0​<s, it moves to the best point xk+teix^k+te_ixk+tei​ over all iii and ttt if that strictly decreases fff, and stops otherwise. If ∥xk∥0=s\|x^k\|_0=s∥xk∥0​=s, it compares two candidates and takes the better one, preferring the second on ties:

  1. re-optimize one support coordinate: xk+Tk1eik1x^k+T^1_ke_{i^1_k}xk+Tk1​eik1​​, the best point xk+teix^k+te_ixk+tei​ over i∈I1(xk)i\in I_1(x^k)i∈I1​(xk), t∈Rt\in\mathbb Rt∈R;
  2. swap: zero out the support coordinate mkm_kmk​ of smallest absolute value and optimize along the off-support coordinate ik2i^2_kik2​ with the largest ∣∇if(xk)∣|\nabla_if(x^k)|∣∇i​f(xk)∣, giving xk−xmkkemk+Tk2eik2x^k-x^k_{m_k}e_{m_k}+T^2_ke_{i^2_k}xk−xmk​k​emk​​+Tk2​eik2​​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.4

Under Assumption 2, with L2>0L_2>0L2​>0 satisfying (2.15), every accumulation point x∗x^*x∗ of a sequence generated by the partial sparse-simplex method satisfies

x∗∈PCs ⁣(x∗−1L2∇f(x∗)),x^*\in P_{C_s}\!\Big(x^*-\frac1{L_2}\nabla f(x^*)\Big),x∗∈PCs​​(x∗−L2​1​∇f(x∗)),

that is, x∗x^*x∗ is an L2(f)L_2(f)L2​(f)-stationary point.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 2.6 (Local Descent Lemma). For every ddd supported in two coordinates,
f(x+d)≤f(x)+∇f(x)Td+L22∥d∥2.f(x+d)\le f(x)+\nabla f(x)^Td+\frac{L_2}{2}\|d\|^2 .f(x+d)≤f(x)+∇f(x)Td+2L2​​∥d∥2.
  1. (4.10). If ∥xk∥0=s\|x^k\|_0=s∥xk∥0​=s, then f(xk)−f(xk+1)≥12L2max⁡i∈I1(xk)(∇if(xk))2f(x^k)-f(x^{k+1})\ge\frac1{2L_2}\max_{i\in I_1(x^k)}(\nabla_if(x^k))^2f(xk)−f(xk+1)≥2L2​1​maxi∈I1​(xk)​(∇i​f(xk))2.
  2. (4.13). If ∥xk∥0=s\|x^k\|_0=s∥xk∥0​=s, then
f(xk)−f(xk+1)≥Ms(xk)[max⁡i∈I0(xk)∣∇if(xk)∣−L2Ms(xk)]+xmkk∇mkf(xk).f(x^k)-f(x^{k+1})\ge M_s(x^k)\Big[\max_{i\in I_0(x^k)}|\nabla_if(x^k)|-L_2M_s(x^k)\Big]+x^k_{m_k}\nabla_{m_k}f(x^k).f(xk)−f(xk+1)≥Ms​(xk)[i∈I0​(xk)max​∣∇i​f(xk)∣−L2​Ms​(xk)]+xmk​k​∇mk​​f(xk).
  1. Lemma 4.1. f(xk)−f(xk+1)≥12L2max⁡i(∇if(xk))2f(x^k)-f(x^{k+1})\ge\frac1{2L_2}\max_i(\nabla_if(x^k))^2f(xk)−f(xk+1)≥2L2​1​maxi​(∇i​f(xk))2 when ∥xk∥0<s\|x^k\|_0<s∥xk∥0​<s (4.6), and f(xk)−f(xk+1)≥A(xk)f(x^k)-f(x^{k+1})\ge A(x^k)f(xk)−f(xk+1)≥A(xk) when ∥xk∥0=s\|x^k\|_0=s∥xk∥0​=s (4.7), with
A(x)=max⁡{12L2max⁡i∈I1(x)(∇if(x))2, Ms(x)[max⁡i∈I0(x)∣∇if(x)∣−max⁡i∈I1(x)∣∇if(x)∣−L2Ms(x)]}.A(x)=\max\Big\{\frac1{2L_2}\max_{i\in I_1(x)}(\nabla_if(x))^2,\ M_s(x)\Big[\max_{i\in I_0(x)}|\nabla_if(x)|-\max_{i\in I_1(x)}|\nabla_if(x)|-L_2M_s(x)\Big]\Big\}.A(x)=max{2L2​1​i∈I1​(x)max​(∇i​f(x))2, Ms​(x)[i∈I0​(x)max​∣∇i​f(x)∣−i∈I1​(x)max​∣∇i​f(x)∣−L2​Ms​(x)]}.
  1. Lemma 2.2. For L>0L>0L>0, [NCL][\mathrm{NC}_L][NCL​] holds iff ∥x∥0≤s\|x\|_0\le s∥x∥0​≤s, ∣∇if(x)∣≤LMs(x)|\nabla_if(x)|\le LM_s(x)∣∇i​f(x)∣≤LMs​(x) on I0(x)I_0(x)I0​(x) and ∇if(x)=0\nabla_if(x)=0∇i​f(x)=0 on I1(x)I_1(x)I1​(x).

Significance

The theorem shows that a cheap index-selection rule does not cost optimality strength relative to iterative hard thresholding: every limit point satisfies [NCL2(f)][\mathrm{NC}_{L_2(f)}][NCL2​(f)​], and since L2(f)≤L(f)<LL_2(f)\le L(f)<LL2​(f)≤L(f)<L, this is a stronger necessary condition than the [NCL][\mathrm{NC}_L][NCL​] guaranteed by IHT with stepsize 1/L1/L1/L. In the paper's numerical comparison (Example 3.3 contd., Table 3) the method performs much better than IHT and only slightly worse than the greedy method, at a fraction of the greedy method's cost per iteration. The decrease estimates of Lemma 4.1 are the quantitative content: they turn each iteration into a lower bound on the objective decrease in terms of the violation of L2L_2L2​-stationarity.

The results are proved in the paper; to our knowledge none is machine-checked. This mission produces a formal model of the method (with its selection rules as inequality predicates, so every run is covered), the local descent lemma for two-sparse directions, and a checked proof of Theorem 3.4. The printed proof of the case ∥x∗∥0<s\|x^*\|_0<s∥x∗∥0​<s contains two gaps (see Difficulty); a formal proof settles the argument.

Difficulty

The decrease estimates follow from the local descent lemma applied at well-chosen trial points, but passing to the limit is delicate. When ∥x∗∥0=s\|x^*\|_0=s∥x∗∥0​=s, the supports of the subsequence eventually coincide with I1(x∗)I_1(x^*)I1​(x∗) and AAA becomes continuous there; when ∥x∗∥0<s\|x^*\|_0<s∥x∗∥0​<s, the iterates along the subsequence may still have sss nonzeros, and A(xk)→0A(x^k)\to0A(xk)→0 does not by itself force ∇f(x∗)=0\nabla f(x^*)=0∇f(x∗)=0, because Ms(xk)→0M_s(x^k)\to0Ms​(xk)→0 kills the second term of AAA. The swap move optimizes along a single off-support coordinate ik2i^2_kik2​, chosen by the derivative at xkx^kxk and not at the shifted point xk−xmkkemkx^k-x^k_{m_k}e_{m_k}xk−xmk​k​emk​​ where the optimization happens. The printed display (4.19) claims the bound for the maximum over all of I0(xk)I_0(x^k)I0​(xk) at the shifted point, which the argument does not give, and the final display takes a minimum of two bounds that each hold on only one class of indices. Theorem 3.4 itself is not affected, but a complete proof cannot follow those two displays as printed.

Formalization scope

Lean works in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n) (indices 0,…,n−10,\dots,n-10,…,n−1), with fff of class C1C^1C1 and ∇f\nabla f∇f = gradient f. Conventions fixed by the formalization:

  • 0<s<n0<s<n0<s<n, so I1(x)I_1(x)I1​(x) and I0(x)I_0(x)I0​(x) are nonempty whenever ∥x∥0=s\|x\|_0=s∥x∥0​=s.
  • L2L_2L2​ is any constant with 0<L20<L_20<L2​ satisfying (2.15), read with ddd supported in {i,j}\{i,j\}{i,j}; the paper's L2(f)L_2(f)L2​(f) is one such constant. Positivity is required because (4.6), (4.10) and AAA divide by L2L_2L2​.
  • Assumption 1 and Assumption 2 (LipschitzWith Lf (gradient f)) are hypotheses.
  • The method's minimizers and maximizers are inequality predicates, not computed values; the theorem holds for every run. A STOP is modelled by xk+1=xkx^{k+1}=x^kxk+1=xk.
  • Two misprints of the printed box (arXiv v1) are corrected: "for every i∈I1(x∗)i\in I_1(x^*)i∈I1​(x∗)" is read as I1(xk)I_1(x^k)I1​(xk), and "ik1∈argmax⁡{fi}i^1_k\in\operatorname{argmax}\{f_i\}ik1​∈argmax{fi​}" as argmin, as the prose on p. 24 and the proof of (4.10) require. With the literal argmax the goal is not what the paper proves.
  • Maxima over index sets are suprema in R≥0\mathbb R_{\ge0}R≥0​, equal to the maxima on nonempty sets.
  • "Accumulation point" is MapClusterPt xstar atTop x.
  • Theorem numbers and page numbers are those of the arXiv v1 source (arXiv:1203.4580v1), which is the file this mission cites; the published SIAM version is typeset differently.

The run predicate is satisfiable and does not force a STOP: on n=2n=2n=2, s=1s=1s=1, f(x)=(x1−1)2+x22f(x)=(x_1-1)^2+x_2^2f(x)=(x1​−1)2+x22​, the constant sequence at (1,0)(1,0)(1,0) is a run. The conclusion is the projection condition itself, not the coordinate form (2.5), so it cannot be met by an empty or degenerate reading of stationarity.

Reusable parts: the local descent lemma for two-sparse directions, Lemma 2.2 (the coordinate characterization of [NCL][\mathrm{NC}_L][NCL​], shared with the IHT mission of this series), and the order statistic MsM_sMs​. Contributions of proofs for any milestone are welcome, as is the companion result Lemma 3.3 (limit points are BF vectors without Assumption 2).

Selected references

  • A. Beck, Y. C. Eldar, Sparsity Constrained Nonlinear Optimization: Optimality Conditions and Algorithms, SIAM J. Optim. 23(3), 2013. https://doi.org/10.1137/120869778 (source used: arXiv:1203.4580v1, https://arxiv.org/abs/1203.4580v1)
  • T. Blumensath, M. E. Davies, Iterative thresholding for sparse approximations, J. Fourier Anal. Appl. 14(5), 2008. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00041-008-9035-z
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Differential GeometryNumerical Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimization Methods on Riemannian Manifolds and Their Application to Shape Space 2: Riemannian Fletcher-Reeves Conjugate Gradient with Strong Wolfe Steps Has liminf of the Gradient Norm ZeroResearch Paper

Motivation

Many optimization problems in shape analysis, computer vision, numerical linear algebra and statistics have a nonlinear search space: a sphere, a Stiefel or Grassmann manifold, a space of curves modulo reparametrization. Projecting iterates of a Euclidean method back onto the constraint set loses the geometry, so one designs methods that move along the manifold itself. Riemannian line-search methods do this by replacing the update xk+1=xk+αkpkx_{k+1}=x_k+\alpha_kp_kxk+1​=xk​+αk​pk​ with xk+1=Rxk(αkpk)x_{k+1}=R_{x_k}(\alpha_kp_k)xk+1​=Rxk​​(αk​pk​) for a retraction RRR, and by carrying old search directions to the new tangent space with a transport.

Nonlinear conjugate gradient (NCG) methods are a natural candidate on manifolds: they need only first derivatives and store one previous direction. In the Euclidean case, Al-Baali showed in 1985 that the Fletcher–Reeves method with strong Wolfe step lengths and c2<12c_2<\tfrac12c2​<21​ satisfies lim inf⁡k∥∇f(xk)∥=0\liminf_k\|\nabla f(x_k)\|=0liminfk​∥∇f(xk​)∥=0 (doi:10.1093/imanum/5.1.121); Nocedal and Wright give the standard textbook proof (Lemma 5.6 and Theorem 5.7 in Numerical Optimization). Ring and Wirth (doi:10.1137/11082885X, SIAM J. Optim. 2012) transfer this analysis to Riemannian manifolds, possibly infinite-dimensional, which is the setting of their application to shape spaces. The mission formalizes that transfer.

Setting

M\mathcal MM is a smooth manifold modelled on a real Hilbert space EEE, with a Riemannian metric gxg_xgx​ on each tangent space TxMT_x\mathcal MTx​M and norm ∥⋅∥x\|\cdot\|_x∥⋅∥x​. For f:M→Rf:\mathcal M\to\mathbb Rf:M→R, Df(x)\mathrm Df(x)Df(x) is its differential, a continuous linear functional on TxMT_x\mathcal MTx​M with dual norm ∥Df(x)∥x\|\mathrm Df(x)\|_x∥Df(x)∥x​, and the gradient ∇f(x)∈TxM\nabla f(x)\in T_x\mathcal M∇f(x)∈Tx​M is its Riesz representative, gx(∇f(x),v)=Df(x)vg_x(\nabla f(x),v)=\mathrm Df(x)vgx​(∇f(x),v)=Df(x)v.

A retraction is a family of smooth maps Rx:TxM→MR_x:T_x\mathcal M\to\mathcal MRx​:Tx​M→M with Rx(0)=xR_x(0)=xRx​(0)=x and DRx(0)=id\mathrm DR_x(0)=\mathrm{id}DRx​(0)=id. Its transport is Tx,Rx(v)Rx=DRx(v):TxM→TRx(v)MT^{R_x}_{x,R_x(v)}=\mathrm DR_x(v):T_x\mathcal M\to T_{R_x(v)}\mathcal MTx,Rx​(v)Rx​​=DRx​(v):Tx​M→TRx​(v)​M.

A run of Algorithm 1 consists of points xkx_kxk​, directions pk∈TxkMp_k\in T_{x_k}\mathcal Mpk​∈Txk​​M and steps αk>0\alpha_k>0αk​>0 with xk+1=Rxk(αkpk)x_{k+1}=R_{x_k}(\alpha_kp_k)xk+1​=Rxk​​(αk​pk​). With 0<c1<c2<10<c_1<c_2<10<c1​<c2​<1, the Wolfe conditions at (x,p,α)(x,p,\alpha)(x,p,α) are

f(Rx(αp))≤f(x)+c1α Df(x)p,(1a)f(R_x(\alpha p))\le f(x)+c_1\alpha\,\mathrm Df(x)p,\tag{1a}f(Rx​(αp))≤f(x)+c1​αDf(x)p,(1a) Df(Rx(αp)) Tx,Rx(αp)Rxp≥c2 Df(x)p,(1b)\mathrm Df(R_x(\alpha p))\,T^{R_x}_{x,R_x(\alpha p)}p\ge c_2\,\mathrm Df(x)p,\tag{1b}Df(Rx​(αp))Tx,Rx​(αp)Rx​​p≥c2​Df(x)p,(1b)

and the strong Wolfe conditions replace (1b) by

∣Df(Rx(αp)) Tx,Rx(αp)Rxp∣≤−c2 Df(x)p.(2)\bigl|\mathrm Df(R_x(\alpha p))\,T^{R_x}_{x,R_x(\alpha p)}p\bigr|\le -c_2\,\mathrm Df(x)p.\tag{2}​Df(Rx​(αp))Tx,Rx​(αp)Rx​​p​≤−c2​Df(x)p.(2)

The angle θk\theta_kθk​ between pkp_kpk​ and −∇f(xk)-\nabla f(x_k)−∇f(xk​) is given by cos⁡θk=−Df(xk)pk/(∥Df(xk)∥xk∥pk∥xk)\cos\theta_k=-\mathrm Df(x_k)p_k/(\|\mathrm Df(x_k)\|_{x_k}\|p_k\|_{x_k})cosθk​=−Df(xk​)pk​/(∥Df(xk​)∥xk​​∥pk​∥xk​​).

The Fletcher–Reeves direction is

p0=−∇f(x0),pk+1=−∇f(xk+1)+βk+1 Txk,xk+1Rxkpk,βk+1=∥Df(xk+1)∥xk+12∥Df(xk)∥xk2.p_0=-\nabla f(x_0),\qquad p_{k+1}=-\nabla f(x_{k+1})+\beta_{k+1}\,T^{R_{x_k}}_{x_k,x_{k+1}}p_k,\qquad \beta_{k+1}=\frac{\|\mathrm Df(x_{k+1})\|_{x_{k+1}}^2}{\|\mathrm Df(x_k)\|_{x_k}^2}.p0​=−∇f(x0​),pk+1​=−∇f(xk+1​)+βk+1​Txk​,xk+1​Rxk​​​pk​,βk+1​=∥Df(xk​)∥xk​2​∥Df(xk+1​)∥xk+1​2​​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 15

For a non-terminating Fletcher–Reeves run with strong Wolfe steps and 0<c1<c2<120<c_1<c_2<\tfrac120<c1​<c2​<21​, if the transport is non-expansive on the search directions, ∥Txk,xk+1Rxkpk∥xk+1≤∥pk∥xk\|T^{R_{x_k}}_{x_k,x_{k+1}}p_k\|_{x_{k+1}}\le\|p_k\|_{x_k}∥Txk​,xk+1​Rxk​​​pk​∥xk+1​​≤∥pk​∥xk​​, fff is bounded below, and the pull-backs f∘Rxkf\circ R_{x_k}f∘Rxk​​ are Lipschitz continuously differentiable on span{pk}\mathrm{span}\{p_k\}span{pk​} with a uniform constant, then

lim inf⁡k→∞∥Df(xk)∥xk=0.\liminf_{k\to\infty}\|\mathrm Df(x_k)\|_{x_k}=0.k→∞liminf​∥Df(xk​)∥xk​​=0.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 2 (Zoutendijk). For Wolfe steps along descent directions, fff bounded below and the line-Lipschitz condition, ∑kcos⁡2θk∥Df(xk)∥xk2<∞\sum_k\cos^2\theta_k\|\mathrm Df(x_k)\|_{x_k}^2<\infty∑k​cos2θk​∥Df(xk​)∥xk​2​<∞.
  2. Lemma 14. For a Fletcher–Reeves run with strong Wolfe steps and c2<12c_2<\tfrac12c2​<21​,
−11−c2≤Df(xk)pk∥Df(xk)∥xk2≤2c2−11−c2.-\frac1{1-c_2}\le\frac{\mathrm Df(x_k)p_k}{\|\mathrm Df(x_k)\|_{x_k}^2}\le\frac{2c_2-1}{1-c_2}.−1−c2​1​≤∥Df(xk​)∥xk​2​Df(xk​)pk​​≤1−c2​2c2​−1​.
  1. The angle sandwich (proof of Proposition 15): 1−2c21−c2∥Df(xk)∥∥pk∥≤cos⁡θk≤11−c2∥Df(xk)∥∥pk∥\frac{1-2c_2}{1-c_2}\frac{\|\mathrm Df(x_k)\|}{\|p_k\|}\le\cos\theta_k\le\frac1{1-c_2}\frac{\|\mathrm Df(x_k)\|}{\|p_k\|}1−c2​1−2c2​​∥pk​∥∥Df(xk​)∥​≤cosθk​≤1−c2​1​∥pk​∥∥Df(xk​)∥​.
  2. Square summability: ∑k∥Df(xk)∥4/∥pk∥2<∞\sum_k\|\mathrm Df(x_k)\|^4/\|p_k\|^2<\infty∑k​∥Df(xk​)∥4/∥pk​∥2<∞.
  3. Growth bound: ∥pk∥2≤1+c21−c2∥Df(xk)∥4∑j=0k∥Df(xj)∥−2\|p_k\|^2\le\frac{1+c_2}{1-c_2}\|\mathrm Df(x_k)\|^4\sum_{j=0}^k\|\mathrm Df(x_j)\|^{-2}∥pk​∥2≤1−c2​1+c2​​∥Df(xk​)∥4∑j=0k​∥Df(xj​)∥−2.

Significance

Proposition 15 guarantees that Riemannian Fletcher–Reeves, with any retraction whose transport does not enlarge the search direction, cannot stall at a positive gradient level: some subsequence of the gradient norms tends to zero. Together with strict convexity in the sense of the paper's Proposition 4 this gives convergence of the iterates to the minimizer, and it justifies the use of the method on the shape spaces of the paper's §4. The hypothesis on the transport is the only new ingredient compared with the Euclidean theorem, and the paper's Remark 7 notes that convergence can no longer be guaranteed without it.

The result is proved in the paper. As far as is known, neither Zoutendijk's theorem on a manifold nor the Fletcher–Reeves convergence theorem has a machine-checked proof; Euclidean versions of both appear elsewhere on the platform, but the Riemannian statements, with retraction, transport and tangent-space-dependent norms, are new. The mission produces the line-search interface on a Riemannian manifold (retraction, transport, Wolfe conditions) in a form reusable by other Riemannian methods.

Difficulty

Each search direction is built from a vector in a different tangent space. The transported direction DRxk(αkpk)pk\mathrm DR_{x_k}(\alpha_kp_k)p_kDRxk​​(αk​pk​)pk​ lives in TRxk(αkpk)MT_{R_{x_k}(\alpha_kp_k)}\mathcal MTRxk​​(αk​pk​)​M, and only the step equation identifies it with a vector of Txk+1MT_{x_{k+1}}\mathcal MTxk+1​​M; norms, inner products and differentials all depend on the base point, so every Euclidean manipulation has to be carried through that identification. Zoutendijk's theorem has to connect two different descriptions of the same step: the curvature condition (1b) is stated with the differential of fff at the new point applied to the transported direction, while the Lipschitz hypothesis concerns the one-variable pull-back t↦f(Rxk(tpk))t\mapsto f(R_{x_k}(tp_k))t↦f(Rxk​​(tpk​)). They agree only because the transport is the derivative of the retraction, and the agreement is a chain rule for manifold derivatives, which has to be established in Mathlib's mfderiv framework for maps out of a tangent space. The growth bound cannot use ∥Tp∥=∥p∥\|T p\|=\|p\|∥Tp∥=∥p∥; it needs the non-expansiveness hypothesis exactly where the Euclidean argument uses the identity.

Formalization scope

The manifold is a Mathlib manifold modelled on a real Hilbert space E, with Mathlib's RiemannianBundle on its tangent spaces; tangent-space norms and inner products are the Riemannian ones and Df(x)\mathrm Df(x)Df(x) is mfderiv. Geodesic completeness, separability, the distance and the Levi-Civita connection, standing assumptions of the paper, are not used by any statement and are dropped. The gradient is given as a field with its Riesz property. One retraction family is used for every step (the paper allows a different retraction at each step), the steps are positive, and indices start at 000.

The following readings are explicit:

  • The Fletcher–Reeves run is assumed never to stop (Df(xk)≠0\mathrm Df(x_k)\neq0Df(xk​)=0), since βk+1\beta_{k+1}βk+1​ divides by ∥Df(xk)∥2\|\mathrm Df(x_k)\|^2∥Df(xk​)∥2.
  • Descent of the Fletcher–Reeves directions is not assumed; it follows from Lemma 14.
  • "Lipschitz continuously differentiable on span{pk}\mathrm{span}\{p_k\}span{pk​} with constant LLL" is read for hk(t)=f(Rxk(tpk))h_k(t)=f(R_{x_k}(tp_k))hk​(t)=f(Rxk​​(tpk​)): hkh_khk​ is differentiable and ∣hk′(s)−hk′(t)∣≤L∣s−t∣ ∥pk∥2|h_k'(s)-h_k'(t)|\le L|s-t|\,\|p_k\|^2∣hk′​(s)−hk′​(t)∣≤L∣s−t∣∥pk​∥2, with L>0L>0L>0.
  • The hypotheses of Theorem 2 (lower bound on fff, line-Lipschitz condition), which the proof of Proposition 15 invokes but whose statement does not list, are added to Proposition 15 and to the square-summability milestone.
  • The lim inf⁡\liminfliminf is stated as: for every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 and NNN there is k≥Nk\ge Nk≥N with ∥Df(xk)∥<ε\|\mathrm Df(x_k)\|<\varepsilon∥Df(xk​)∥<ε; sums are stated with Summable.

The transport in the conclusion and in the Fletcher–Reeves update is the derivative of the retraction, not an arbitrary linear map; with an arbitrary map, condition (1b) would no longer be a statement about the pull-back f∘Rxkf\circ R_{x_k}f∘Rxk​​, and Zoutendijk's theorem would fail. A run predicate that no sequence satisfies would make the goal vacuous; the one-dimensional run M=R\mathcal M=\mathbb RM=R, Rx(v)=x+vR_x(v)=x+vRx​(v)=x+v, f(x)=x2/2f(x)=x^2/2f(x)=x2/2, c1=0.1c_1=0.1c1​=0.1, c2=0.45c_2=0.45c2​=0.45, xk+1=0.4xkx_{k+1}=0.4x_kxk+1​=0.4xk​ satisfies every hypothesis.

The paper's other main result, R-linear convergence of Riemannian BFGS (Proposition 10), is a separate mission, and its superlinear-rate results (Propositions 5, 7, 8, 12, Corollary 13), which require parallel transport and the exponential map, are out of scope. Contributions welcome: proofs of the chain rule identities for retractions (reusable for any Riemannian line search), of Zoutendijk's theorem, and of the milestones in order.

Selected references

  • W. Ring, B. Wirth, Optimization Methods on Riemannian Manifolds and Their Application to Shape Space, SIAM J. Optim. 22(2), 596–627, 2012. https://doi.org/10.1137/11082885X
  • M. Al-Baali, Descent property and global convergence of the Fletcher–Reeves method with inexact line search, IMA J. Numer. Anal. 5(1), 121–124, 1985. https://doi.org/10.1093/imanum/5.1.121
  • J. Nocedal, S. J. Wright, Numerical Optimization, 2nd ed., Springer, 2006 (Lemma 5.6, Theorem 5.7). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-0-387-40065-5
  • P.-A. Absil, R. Mahony, R. Sepulchre, Optimization Algorithms on Matrix Manifolds, Princeton University Press, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400830244
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

An Exact Algorithm for the Two-Echelon Capacitated Vehicle Routing Problem 3: Every Solution Cheaper Than an Upper Bound Uses a Configuration of First-Level Routes Passing the Pruning TestsResearch Paper

Motivation

City logistics often moves goods in two stages: large trucks bring freight from a central depot to a few intermediate satellites, and small vehicles distribute it from the satellites to the customers. The two-echelon capacitated vehicle routing problem (2E-CVRP) is the basic optimization model of such systems; it contains the capacitated location-routing problem as a special case. Baldacci, Mingozzi, Roberti and Wolfler Calvo (Oper. Res. 61(2), 2013) gave an exact method that solved benchmark instances out of reach for earlier algorithms.

Their method does not attack the whole problem at once. It enumerates configurations, sets of first-level (depot–satellite) routes, discards most of them with cheap tests, and solves a second-level problem only for the survivors. The correctness of the method rests on two facts stated in §5 of the paper: the problem decomposes exactly over configurations (Eq. (26)), and the pruning tests of Propositions 1 and 2 never discard the configuration of a solution better than the incumbent. This mission formalizes those facts.

Setting

An instance has a depot 000, satellites NSN_SNS​ and customers NCN_CNC​, a symmetric cost ddd on the edges (with the fixed vehicle costs folded in), positive integer demands qiq_iqi​ with total qtotq_{\mathrm{tot}}qtot​, m1m^1m1 first-level vehicles of capacity Q1Q_1Q1​, mkm_kmk​ second-level vehicles of capacity Q2<Q1Q_2<Q_1Q2​<Q1​ at satellite kkk with a global limit m2m^2m2, satellite capacities BkB_kBk​ and handling costs HkH_kHk​.

A first-level route r∈Mr\in\mathcal Mr∈M leaves the depot, visits a set RrR_rRr​ of satellites and returns; its cost grg_rgr​ is the length of the closed walk. A second-level route l∈Rkl\in\mathcal R_kl∈Rk​ leaves satellite kkk, visits a set RklR_{kl}Rkl​ of customers of total demand wkl≤Q2w_{kl}\le Q_2wkl​≤Q2​ and returns; its cost cklc_{kl}ckl​ is the walk length plus HkwklH_k w_{kl}Hk​wkl​. Formulation FFF chooses binary xklx_{kl}xkl​, yry_ryr​ and integer deliveries qkr≥0q_{kr}\ge0qkr​≥0 minimizing ∑cklxkl+∑gryr\sum c_{kl}x_{kl}+\sum g_r y_r∑ckl​xkl​+∑gr​yr​ subject to: each customer on exactly one used second-level route; at most mkm_kmk​ used routes at kkk and m2m^2m2 in total; load at kkk at most BkB_kBk​; at most m1m^1m1 first-level routes; the deliveries to kkk equal the load leaving kkk; each used first-level route carries at most Q1Q_1Q1​. Its optimal value is z(F)z(F)z(F), +∞+\infty+∞ when infeasible.

The set of configurations is

P={M⊆M: ∣M∣Q1≥qtot, ∣M∣≤m1}.\mathcal P=\{M\subseteq\mathcal M:\ |M|Q_1\ge q_{\mathrm{tot}},\ |M|\le m^1\}.P={M⊆M: ∣M∣Q1​≥qtot​, ∣M∣≤m1}.

For M⊆MM\subseteq\mathcal MM⊆M, NS(M)=⋃r∈MRrN_S(M)=\bigcup_{r\in M}R_rNS​(M)=⋃r∈M​Rr​, Mk={r∈M:k∈Rr}M_k=\{r\in M:k\in R_r\}Mk​={r∈M:k∈Rr​} and U(M)=∑r∈MgrU(M)=\sum_{r\in M}g_rU(M)=∑r∈M​gr​. Problem F(M)F(M)F(M) is FFF with the first-level routes fixed to MMM: second-level routes only at satellites of NS(M)N_S(M)NS​(M), real deliveries qkr≥0q_{kr}\ge0qkr​≥0 for r∈Mr\in Mr∈M, and ∑k∈Rrqkr≤Q1\sum_{k\in R_r}q_{kr}\le Q_1∑k∈Rr​​qkr​≤Q1​. Its value z(F(M))z(F(M))z(F(M)) is +∞+\infty+∞ when infeasible.

The bounds of §5.1 use multipliers λi\lambda_iλi​, μk≤0\mu_k\le0μk​≤0, μ0≤0\mu_0\le0μ0​≤0 and marginal costs βik\beta_{ik}βik​ satisfying the penalty system (12), ∑iaiklβik≤ckl−∑iaiklλi−μk−μ0\sum_i a_{ikl}\beta_{ik}\le c_{kl}-\sum_i a_{ikl}\lambda_i-\mu_k-\mu_0∑i​aikl​βik​≤ckl​−∑i​aikl​λi​−μk​−μ0​ for every route lll of satellite kkk:

LBR=∑imin⁡k∈NSβik+∑iλi+∑k∈NSmkμk+m2μ0,\mathrm{LB}_R=\sum_{i}\min_{k\in N_S}\beta_{ik}+\sum_i\lambda_i+\sum_{k\in N_S}m_k\mu_k+m^2\mu_0,LBR​=i∑​k∈NS​min​βik​+i∑​λi​+k∈NS​∑​mk​μk​+m2μ0​, LBW(M)=∑imin⁡k∈NS(M)βik+∑iλi+∑k∈NS(M)mkμk+m2μ0.\mathrm{LBW}(M)=\sum_{i}\min_{k\in N_S(M)}\beta_{ik}+\sum_i\lambda_i+\sum_{k\in N_S(M)}m_k\mu_k+m^2\mu_0.LBW(M)=i∑​k∈NS​(M)min​βik​+i∑​λi​+k∈NS​(M)∑​mk​μk​+m2μ0​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 1, necessity of conditions (b)–(e)

Let z(UB)z(\mathrm{UB})z(UB) be a real number and (x,y,q)(x,y,q)(x,y,q) a feasible solution of FFF of cost less than z(UB)z(\mathrm{UB})z(UB), with configuration M={r:yr=1}M=\{r:y_r=1\}M={r:yr​=1}. Then M∈PM\in\mathcal PM∈P and

∑r∈Mmin⁡{Q1,∑k∈RrmkQ2}≥qtot,∑r∈M∑k∈Rrmk≥⌈qtotQ2⌉,\sum_{r\in M}\min\Bigl\{Q_1,\sum_{k\in R_r}m_kQ_2\Bigr\}\ge q_{\mathrm{tot}},\qquad \sum_{r\in M}\sum_{k\in R_r}m_k\ge\Bigl\lceil\frac{q_{\mathrm{tot}}}{Q_2}\Bigr\rceil,r∈M∑​min{Q1​,k∈Rr​∑​mk​Q2​}≥qtot​,r∈M∑​k∈Rr​∑​mk​≥⌈Q2​qtot​​⌉, U(M)<z(UB)−LBR,U(M)<z(UB)−LBW(M).U(M)<z(\mathrm{UB})-\mathrm{LB}_R,\qquad U(M)<z(\mathrm{UB})-\mathrm{LBW}(M).U(M)<z(UB)−LBR​,U(M)<z(UB)−LBW(M).

Milestones

  1. Eq. (26): z(F)=min⁡M∈P{U(M)+z(F(M))}z(F)=\min_{M\in\mathcal P}\{U(M)+z(F(M))\}z(F)=minM∈P​{U(M)+z(F(M))}.
  2. §5.1: LBR\mathrm{LB}_RLBR​ is at most the second-level routing cost of every feasible solution of FFF.
  3. §5.1: LBW(M)≤z(F(M))\mathrm{LBW}(M)\le z(F(M))LBW(M)≤z(F(M)).
  4. Proposition 2: if θ(k)\theta(k)θ(k) bounds from below the supply to satellite kkk in every feasible solution of F(M)F(M)F(M), and ∑k∈NS(M)⌈θ(k)/Q2⌉>m2\sum_{k\in N_S(M)}\lceil\theta(k)/Q_2\rceil>m^2∑k∈NS​(M)​⌈θ(k)/Q2​⌉>m2 or ⌈θ(k)/Q2⌉>mk\lceil\theta(k)/Q_2\rceil>m_k⌈θ(k)/Q2​⌉>mk​ for some k∈NS(M)k\in N_S(M)k∈NS​(M), then F(M)F(M)F(M) is infeasible.
  5. §5.2.2, Eq. (33): the capacity constraints ∑k∈NS(M)∑l:Rkl∩H≠∅xkl≥⌈∑i∈Hqi/Q2⌉\sum_{k\in N_S(M)}\sum_{l:R_{kl}\cap H\neq\emptyset}x_{kl}\ge\lceil\sum_{i\in H}q_i/Q_2\rceil∑k∈NS​(M)​∑l:Rkl​∩H=∅​xkl​≥⌈∑i∈H​qi​/Q2​⌉, ∣H∣≥2|H|\ge2∣H∣≥2, hold for every feasible solution of F(M)F(M)F(M).

Significance

Eq. (26) is what makes the method exact: once every configuration that can carry a solution better than the incumbent is examined, the best U(M)+z(F(M))U(M)+z(F(M))U(M)+z(F(M)) is the optimum. Propositions 1 and 2 are what make it fast: they remove configurations from P\mathcal PP before any second-level problem is solved. If a pruning test discarded the configuration of a cheaper solution, the method would return a suboptimal value and still report it as optimal; the formal statements rule this out for every instance, not just the benchmark ones. The capacity constraints (33) play the same role inside F(M)F(M)F(M): a cut that removed a feasible solution would make the bound z(Fˉ(M))z(\bar F(M))z(Fˉ(M)) invalid.

The paper's proofs are in an electronic companion; none of these statements has been machine-checked before, and none is on the platform. The formalization also records exactly what the tests need: positive demands, integral vehicle counts, and the sign conditions on the multipliers, and nothing about the optimality of the incumbent.

Difficulty

Most statements are elementary counting and Lagrangean weak-duality arguments over finite index sets. The work lies in the bookkeeping between two formulations with different index sets: FFF sums over all satellites, F(M)F(M)F(M) only over NS(M)N_S(M)NS​(M), and a solution of one must be turned into a solution of the other. One step is not elementary: FFF has integer deliveries and F(M)F(M)F(M) real ones, so the inequality z(F)≤U(M)+z(F(M))z(F)\le U(M)+z(F(M))z(F)≤U(M)+z(F(M)) in (26) needs an integral delivery plan from a fractional one. That is an integrality property of a bipartite transportation problem (routes to satellites, integral capacities and demands), which no counting argument gives.

Formalization scope

Satellites and customers are Fin ns and Fin nc, 0-based. The route families M\mathcal MM and R\mathcal RR are arbitrary finite families of elementary routes with costs computed along the closed walk; the paper uses all such routes, so every statement here is a generalization. Demands are positive integers; the triangle inequality is not assumed. Binary variables are Bool; optimal values are infima in EReal, with ⊤ for an infeasible problem. A configuration is a Finset of route indices. The penalties are any λ\lambdaλ, μ≤0\mu\le0μ≤0, μ0≤0\mu_0\le0μ0​≤0 and β\betaβ satisfying (12), not only those producing the paper's bound LD1. Ceilings of qtot/Q2q_{\mathrm{tot}}/Q_2qtot​/Q2​ and ∑i∈Hqi/Q2\sum_{i\in H}q_i/Q_2∑i∈H​qi​/Q2​ are natural-number ceilings of rationals; those in Proposition 2 are integer ceilings of reals.

The goal departs from the printed proposition in three disclosed ways. Only necessity is stated: the "if" direction is false, because (b)–(e) ignore the satellite capacities BkB_kBk​. Condition (a), ∣Rr∩Rr′∣≤1|R_r\cap R_{r'}|\le1∣Rr​∩Rr′​∣≤1, is omitted: it holds for some optimal solution, not every one (its split-delivery analogue is posed, and open, on the platform as SplitDeliveryVRPTW.Known.exists_optimal_split_customers; it is not reused here). "An optimal solution" becomes "a feasible solution of cost below z(UB)z(\mathrm{UB})z(UB)", the property the paper's own justification uses. Proposition 2 is stated with θ\thetaθ as a hypothesis; the paper's computation of θ\thetaθ by problem (27)–(32) is not formalized, because (32) forces positive deliveries that F(M)F(M)F(M) does not require. The goal is not trivialized by an infeasible hypothesis: feasible solutions of FFF exist on small instances, and a toy instance was checked in Lean.

A complete development needs finite-sum manipulations, Lagrangean weak duality for (12), and, for (26), integrality of bipartite transportation polytopes, which is reusable well beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone, and a general transportation-integrality lemma, are welcome.

Selected references

  • R. Baldacci, A. Mingozzi, R. Roberti, R. Wolfler Calvo, An Exact Algorithm for the Two-Echelon Capacitated Vehicle Routing Problem, Operations Research 61(2), 298–314, 2013. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1120.1153
  • R. Baldacci, A. Mingozzi, A unified exact method for solving different classes of vehicle routing problems, Mathematical Programming 120(2), 347–380, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-008-0218-9
  • G. Perboli, R. Tadei, D. Vigo, The two-echelon capacitated vehicle routing problem: models and math-based heuristics, Transportation Science 45(3), 364–380, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1287/trsc.1110.0368
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Differential GeometryNumerical Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimization Methods on Riemannian Manifolds and Their Application to Shape Space 1: Riemannian BFGS with Isometric Vector Transport Converges R-Linearly under Uniform ConvexityResearch Paper

Motivation

Many optimization problems in shape analysis, computer vision, numerical linear algebra and statistics have a feasible set that is not a vector space but a Riemannian manifold: spaces of curves modulo reparametrization, the Stiefel and Grassmann manifolds, fixed-rank matrices. On such a set the classical recipe "add a multiple of the search direction to the iterate" is not available, and line-search methods replace it by a retraction, a map that follows a tangent direction back onto the manifold (Absil, Mahony, Sepulchre 2008).

Quasi-Newton methods are the most widely used line-search methods in the Euclidean setting, and BFGS is the most popular of them. Transferring BFGS to a manifold raises a specific problem: the Hessian approximation BkB_kBk​ lives on the tangent space at xkx_kxk​, while the next one must live on the tangent space at xk+1x_{k+1}xk+1​, so a vector transport TkT_kTk​ between tangent spaces enters the update.

Timeline:

  • Gabay (1982) proposed a Riemannian BFGS update with geodesics and parallel transport (doi:10.1007/BF00934767).
  • Absil, Mahony and Sepulchre (2008) and Qi, Gallivan and Absil (2010) generalized it to arbitrary retractions and vector transports.
  • Ring and Wirth (2012), the source of this mission, proved global convergence and an R-linear rate for transported BFGS on possibly infinite-dimensional Riemannian manifolds, assuming that the transports are isometries (doi:10.1137/11082885X).
  • Later work by Huang, Gallivan and Absil (2015) relaxed the conditions on the transport (doi:10.1137/140955483).

Setting

Let M\mathcal MM be a smooth manifold modelled on a real Hilbert space EEE, with a Riemannian inner product gxg_xgx​ and norm ∥⋅∥x\|\cdot\|_x∥⋅∥x​ on each tangent space TxMT_x\mathcal MTx​M. For f:M→Rf:\mathcal M\to\mathbb Rf:M→R, Df(x)\mathrm Df(x)Df(x) is its differential, a functional on TxMT_x\mathcal MTx​M with dual norm ∥Df(x)∥x\|\mathrm Df(x)\|_x∥Df(x)∥x​.

A retraction is a family of smooth maps Rx:TxM→MR_x:T_x\mathcal M\to\mathcal MRx​:Tx​M→M with Rx(0)=xR_x(0)=xRx​(0)=x and DRx(0)=id\mathrm DR_x(0)=\mathrm{id}DRx​(0)=id. Write fRx=f∘Rxf_{R_x}=f\circ R_xfRx​​=f∘Rx​, a function on the vector space TxMT_x\mathcal MTx​M, with derivatives DfRx\mathrm Df_{R_x}DfRx​​ and D2fRx\mathrm D^2f_{R_x}D2fRx​​.

Algorithm 1 produces iterates xk+1=Rxk(αkpk)x_{k+1}=R_{x_k}(\alpha_kp_k)xk+1​=Rxk​​(αk​pk​). The step αk>0\alpha_k>0αk​>0 satisfies the Wolfe conditions with 0<c1<c2<10<c_1<c_2<10<c1​<c2​<1:

f(Rx(αp))≤f(x)+c1α Df(x)p,Df(Rx(αp)) DRx(αp) p ≥ c2 Df(x)p.f(R_x(\alpha p))\le f(x)+c_1\alpha\,\mathrm Df(x)p,\qquad \mathrm Df(R_x(\alpha p))\,\mathrm DR_x(\alpha p)\,p\ \ge\ c_2\,\mathrm Df(x)p.f(Rx​(αp))≤f(x)+c1​αDf(x)p,Df(Rx​(αp))DRx​(αp)p ≥ c2​Df(x)p.

The BFGS direction solves Bk(pk,⋅)=−Df(xk)B_k(p_k,\cdot)=-\mathrm Df(x_k)Bk​(pk​,⋅)=−Df(xk​) for a bounded bilinear form BkB_kBk​ on TxkMT_{x_k}\mathcal MTxk​​M. With sk=αkpks_k=\alpha_kp_ksk​=αk​pk​ and yk=DfRxk(sk)−DfRxk(0)y_k=\mathrm Df_{R_{x_k}}(s_k)-\mathrm Df_{R_{x_k}}(0)yk​=DfRxk​​​(sk​)−DfRxk​​​(0), the next form is defined on Txk+1MT_{x_{k+1}}\mathcal MTxk+1​​M through an invertible linear map Tk:TxkM→Txk+1MT_k:T_{x_k}\mathcal M\to T_{x_{k+1}}\mathcal MTk​:Txk​​M→Txk+1​​M:

Bk+1(Tkv,Tkw)=Bk(v,w)−Bk(sk,v)Bk(sk,w)Bk(sk,sk)+(ykv)(ykw)yksk.B_{k+1}(T_kv,T_kw)=B_k(v,w)-\frac{B_k(s_k,v)B_k(s_k,w)}{B_k(s_k,s_k)}+\frac{(y_kv)(y_kw)}{y_ks_k}.Bk+1​(Tk​v,Tk​w)=Bk​(v,w)−Bk​(sk​,sk​)Bk​(sk​,v)Bk​(sk​,w)​+yk​sk​(yk​v)(yk​w)​.

The analysis uses the angle cos⁡θk=Bk(sk,sk)/(∥sk∥ ∥Bk(sk,⋅)∥)\cos\theta_k=B_k(s_k,s_k)/(\|s_k\|\,\|B_k(s_k,\cdot)\|)cosθk​=Bk​(sk​,sk​)/(∥sk​∥∥Bk​(sk​,⋅)∥) and the Rayleigh quotient qk=Bk(sk,sk)/∥sk∥2q_k=B_k(s_k,s_k)/\|s_k\|^2qk​=Bk​(sk​,sk​)/∥sk​∥2.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 10

Assume:

  • the TkT_kTk​ are isometries;
  • B0B_0B0​ is symmetric and coercive;
  • for 0<m<M0<m<M0<m<M and every kkk, the set Sk=Rxk−1({f≤f(x0)})S_k=R_{x_k}^{-1}(\{f\le f(x_0)\})Sk​=Rxk​−1​({f≤f(x0​)}) is convex and m∥v∥2≤D2fRxk(p)(v,v)≤M∥v∥2m\|v\|^2\le\mathrm D^2f_{R_{x_k}}(p)(v,v)\le M\|v\|^2m∥v∥2≤D2fRxk​​​(p)(v,v)≤M∥v∥2 for p∈Skp\in S_kp∈Sk​;
  • x∗x^*x∗ is a minimizer of fff that every RxkR_{x_k}Rxk​​ reaches.

Then there is 0<μ<10<\mu<10<μ<1 with

f(xk+1)−f(x∗)≤μk+1(f(x0)−f(x∗))∀k∈N.f(x_{k+1})-f(x^*)\le\mu^{k+1}\big(f(x_0)-f(x^*)\big)\qquad\forall k\in\mathbb N.f(xk+1​)−f(x∗)≤μk+1(f(x0​)−f(x∗))∀k∈N.

The rate μ\muμ is not specified: the goal asserts only R-linear convergence, the shape of the result.

Milestones, in proof order

  1. Lemma 9. If ∥Tk∥\|T_k\|∥Tk​∥ and ∥Tk−1∥\|T_k^{-1}\|∥Tk−1​∥ are uniformly bounded and B0B_0B0​ is (symmetric and) coercive, then yksk>0y_ks_k>0yk​sk​>0 and every BkB_kBk​ is coercive.
  2. Curvature-pair bounds. ∥yk∥2/(yksk)≤M\|y_k\|^2/(y_ks_k)\le M∥yk​∥2/(yk​sk​)≤M and yksk/∥sk∥2≥my_ks_k/\|s_k\|^2\ge myk​sk​/∥sk​∥2≥m.
  3. Good indices. For every 0<r<10<r<10<r<1 there are κ,ρ,σ>0\kappa,\rho,\sigma>0κ,ρ,σ>0 such that every kkk has at least ⌊r(k+1)⌋\lfloor r(k+1)\rfloor⌊r(k+1)⌋ indices i≤ki\le ki≤k with cos⁡θi≥κ\cos\theta_i\ge\kappacosθi​≥κ and ρ≤qi/cos⁡θi≤σ\rho\le q_i/\cos\theta_i\le\sigmaρ≤qi​/cosθi​≤σ.
  4. Step-length bound. αi≥1−c2Mqi\alpha_i\ge\frac{1-c_2}{M}q_iαi​≥M1−c2​​qi​.
  5. Gradient dominance. f(x)−f(x∗)≤∥Df(x)∥2/(2m)f(x)-f(x^*)\le\|\mathrm Df(x)\|^2/(2m)f(x)−f(x∗)≤∥Df(x)∥2/(2m) on the sublevel set.
  6. Rate display. Given milestone 3's constants,
f(xk+1)−f(x∗)≤(1−1−c2Mc1κ2ρσ2m)⌊r(k+1)⌋(f(x0)−f(x∗)).f(x_{k+1})-f(x^*)\le\Big(1-\tfrac{1-c_2}{M}c_1\tfrac{\kappa^2\rho}{\sigma}2m\Big)^{\lfloor r(k+1)\rfloor}\big(f(x_0)-f(x^*)\big).f(xk+1​)−f(x∗)≤(1−M1−c2​​c1​σκ2ρ​2m)⌊r(k+1)⌋(f(x0​)−f(x∗)).

Significance

The result. Proposition 10 is a global convergence guarantee for a quasi-Newton method on manifolds, with no restriction to a neighbourhood of the minimizer and no finite-dimensionality. It applies to Riemannian shape spaces of curves, where the paper's numerical experiments take place. The paper's superlinear-rate theory (Proposition 12, Corollary 13) starts from this linear rate.

Formalizing it. The result is proved on paper but has not been machine-checked. A formal proof also checks the delicate points of the infinite-dimensional argument, in particular the use of traces and Fredholm determinants of trace-class perturbations of the identity. The statement as printed needs a correction: the printed bound f(xk)−f(x∗)≤μk+1(f(x0)−f(x∗))f(x_k)-f(x^*)\le\mu^{k+1}(f(x_0)-f(x^*))f(xk​)−f(x∗)≤μk+1(f(x0​)−f(x∗)) fails at k=0k=0k=0, and the formal goal bounds f(xk+1)f(x_{k+1})f(xk+1​), as the appendix's own final display does.

Difficulty

The Euclidean proof idea of bounding the eigenvalues of BkB_kBk​ uniformly does not work for BFGS: those eigenvalues are not uniformly controlled. The Byrd–Nocedal argument replaces them by trace and determinant estimates, which show that a fixed fraction of the iterations have well-conditioned angles. In infinite dimensions the trace and the determinant of BkB_kBk​ do not exist. One must work with AkB^kAk−idA_k\hat B_kA_k-\mathrm{id}Ak​B^k​Ak​−id, which is trace class, and with the Fredholm determinant, and show that isometric transports leave these quantities invariant. That invariance is exactly where the isometry hypothesis enters. Lemma 9 is also not a finite-dimensional triviality: positive definiteness of Bk+1B_{k+1}Bk+1​ does not give coercivity, and a separate compactness-free argument is needed.

Formalization scope

The manifold is a Mathlib ChartedSpace E M, with EEE a complete real inner-product space, IsManifold 𝓘(ℝ, E) ∞ M, and a RiemannianBundle on TangentSpace 𝓘(ℝ, E). Every norm on a tangent space is the Riemannian one. Df(x)\mathrm Df(x)Df(x) is mfderiv, read as a functional on TxMT_x\mathcal MTx​M, and its norm is the operator norm.

Committed conventions and explicit readings:

  • One retraction family RRR for all kkk. The paper allows a different retraction per step.
  • Smoothness of RxR_xRx​ is stated for the map out of the model space EEE, which carries the topology of TxMT_x\mathcal MTx​M.
  • The run equation xk+1=Rxk(αkpk)x_{k+1}=R_{x_k}(\alpha_kp_k)xk+1​=Rxk​​(αk​pk​) is an explicit hypothesis: it is what identifies Txk+1MT_{x_{k+1}}\mathcal MTxk+1​​M with the tangent space at the new point. The BkB_kBk​ and TkT_kTk​ (as continuous linear equivalences) are data constrained by the update formula.
  • Regularity and non-termination: αk>0\alpha_k>0αk​>0, fff differentiable, fRxkf_{R_{x_k}}fRxk​​​ of class C2C^2C2, and Df(xk)≠0\mathrm Df(x_k)\neq0Df(xk​)=0 for all kkk. Only runs that never stop are covered.
  • Symmetry of B0B_0B0​ is assumed in Lemma 9 as well. The lemma's proof uses it, and without it the first update can lose coercivity.
  • Convexity of SkS_kSk​ is part of "uniformly convex on the sublevel set". Without it, a double-well function whose sublevel set has two strongly convex components is a counterexample.
  • Reachability of x∗x^*x∗ by every RxkR_{x_k}Rxk​​ is assumed, since the appendix uses Rxk−1(x∗)R_{x_k}^{-1}(x^*)Rxk​−1​(x∗).
  • Dropped assumptions: geodesic completeness, separability, the distance and the Levi-Civita connection are not used and are dropped.
  • Corrected index: the rate display and the goal bound f(xk+1)f(x_{k+1})f(xk+1​), because the decrease obtained at a good index iii improves xi+1x_{i+1}xi+1​.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out on three fronts. A sorry-free check on M=E=R\mathcal M=E=\mathbb RM=E=R, with Rx(v)=x+vR_x(v)=x+vRx​(v)=x+v, f(x)=x2/2f(x)=x^2/2f(x)=x2/2 and xk+1=0.4xkx_{k+1}=0.4x_kxk+1​=0.4xk​, shows that the run hypotheses are satisfiable. Every quotient in a statement has a positive denominator along such a run. The rate μ\muμ is quantified after the run and before kkk.

Infrastructure that a complete development needs, and that is reusable beyond this mission:

  • calculus of f∘Rxf\circ R_xf∘Rx​ on a tangent space with its Riemannian norm;
  • Taylor's formula with integral remainder;
  • trace-class operators and Fredholm determinants on Hilbert spaces, with Lidskii's theorem.

The last item is absent from Mathlib, and contributions toward it are welcome. The paper's other main result, convergence of Fletcher–Reeves conjugate gradients (Proposition 15), is a separate mission. The superlinear-rate results (Lemma 6, Propositions 5, 7, 8, 12, Corollaries 11, 13) and the numerical §4 are out of scope.

Selected references

  • W. Ring, B. Wirth, Optimization Methods on Riemannian Manifolds and Their Application to Shape Space, SIAM J. Optim. 22(2), 596–627, 2012. https://doi.org/10.1137/11082885X
  • P.-A. Absil, R. Mahony, R. Sepulchre, Optimization Algorithms on Matrix Manifolds, Princeton University Press, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400830244
  • D. Gabay, Minimizing a differentiable function over a differential manifold, J. Optim. Theory Appl. 37, 177–219, 1982. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00934767
  • R. H. Byrd, J. Nocedal, A tool for the analysis of quasi-Newton methods with application to unconstrained minimization, SIAM J. Numer. Anal. 26(3), 727–739, 1989. https://doi.org/10.1137/0726042
  • W. Huang, K. A. Gallivan, P.-A. Absil, A Broyden class of quasi-Newton methods for Riemannian optimization, SIAM J. Optim. 25(3), 1660–1685, 2015. https://doi.org/10.1137/140955483
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Quantity Flexibility Contracts and Supply Chain Performance 2: The Minimum Commitment Policy Is Optimal for the Open-Loop Program (F-OLFC) and AdmissibleResearch Paper

Rolling schedules and quantity flexibility

Manufacturers routinely share rolling schedules with their suppliers: each period the buyer commits to a purchase for the current period and issues non-binding estimates for future periods, then revises those estimates as the horizon rolls forward. Unconstrained revisions push forecast risk upstream and are a recognized source of the bullwhip effect. A quantity flexibility (QF) contract bounds how far each estimate may move between consecutive issues, giving the supplier a guarantee in exchange for a commitment to cover any order within the bounds. Tsay and Lovejoy (MSOM 1(2), 1999) model a chain of firms linked by QF contracts and ask how a firm in the middle of the chain, the flex node, should translate the schedules it receives into the schedules it issues. Their answer is the Minimum Commitment (MC) policy, justified by Proposition 1: MC solves the node's open-loop planning problem and never breaks either contract.

This mission formalizes Proposition 1. A companion mission (Quantity Flexibility Contracts and Supply Chain Performance 1) formalizes Proposition 2, on when MC keeps zero inventory.

Setting

Periods are t=0,1,2,…t = 0, 1, 2, \dotst=0,1,2,…. In period ttt the node receives from its customer a release schedule f(t)=[f0(t),f1(t),… ]f(t) = [f_0(t), f_1(t), \dots]f(t)=[f0​(t),f1​(t),…]: f0(t)f_0(t)f0​(t) is bought now, fj(t)f_j(t)fj​(t) estimates the purchase in period t+jt + jt+j. The node issues to its supplier a replenishment schedule r(t)=[r0(t),r1(t),… ]r(t) = [r_0(t), r_1(t), \dots]r(t)=[r0​(t),r1​(t),…] of the same form. Its ending stock is I(t)=I(t−1)+r0(t)−f0(t)I(t) = I(t-1) + r_0(t) - f_0(t)I(t)=I(t−1)+r0​(t)−f0​(t).

The contracts carry parameters αq≥0\alpha_q \ge 0αq​≥0 and 0≤ωq≤10 \le \omega_q \le 10≤ωq​≤1 (q≥1q \ge 1q≥1): output parameters (αout,ωout)(\alpha^{out}, \omega^{out})(αout,ωout) with the customer and input parameters (αin,ωin)(\alpha^{in}, \omega^{in})(αin,ωin) with the supplier. The incremental revision (IR) constraints are, for all ttt and j≥1j \ge 1j≥1,

(1−ωjout)fj(t)≤fj−1(t+1)≤(1+αjout)fj(t),(6)(1-\omega^{out}_j) f_j(t) \le f_{j-1}(t+1) \le (1+\alpha^{out}_j) f_j(t), \qquad (6)(1−ωjout​)fj​(t)≤fj−1​(t+1)≤(1+αjout​)fj​(t),(6) (1−ωjin)rj(t)≤rj−1(t+1)≤(1+αjin)rj(t).(7)(1-\omega^{in}_j) r_j(t) \le r_{j-1}(t+1) \le (1+\alpha^{in}_j) r_j(t). \qquad (7)(1−ωjin​)rj​(t)≤rj−1​(t+1)≤(1+αjin​)rj​(t).(7)

The cumulative parameters are 1+Aj=∏q=1j(1+αq)1 + A_j = \prod_{q=1}^j (1+\alpha_q)1+Aj​=∏q=1j​(1+αq​) and 1−Ωj=∏q=1j(1−ωq)1 - \Omega_j = \prod_{q=1}^j (1-\omega_q)1−Ωj​=∏q=1j​(1−ωq​), so A0=Ω0=0A_0 = \Omega_0 = 0A0​=Ω0​=0. A convex cost GGG, minimized at 000, is charged on ending stock.

At period ttt, with I(t−1)I(t-1)I(t−1), r(t−1)r(t-1)r(t−1) and f(t)f(t)f(t) known, the open-loop program (F-OLFC) chooses r(t)r(t)r(t) and the planned purchases r0(t+j)r_0(t+j)r0​(t+j), j=0,…,hj = 0, \dots, hj=0,…,h, to minimize ∑j=0hG(I(t+j))\sum_{j=0}^h G(I(t+j))∑j=0h​G(I(t+j)) subject to the stock balance I(t+j)=I(t+j−1)+r0(t+j)−(1+Ajout)fj(t)I(t+j) = I(t+j-1) + r_0(t+j) - (1+A^{out}_j) f_j(t)I(t+j)=I(t+j−1)+r0​(t+j)−(1+Ajout​)fj​(t) (17), coverage I(t+j)≥0I(t+j) \ge 0I(t+j)≥0 (18), the input IR constraints (19) between r(t−1)r(t-1)r(t−1) and r(t)r(t)r(t), and the cumulative bounds (1−Ωjin)rj(t)≤r0(t+j)≤(1+Ajin)rj(t)(1-\Omega^{in}_j) r_j(t) \le r_0(t+j) \le (1+A^{in}_j) r_j(t)(1−Ωjin​)rj​(t)≤r0​(t+j)≤(1+Ajin​)rj​(t) (20).

The MC policy computes r(t)r(t)r(t) and projected inventories lj(t)l_j(t)lj​(t) by one recursion on jjj: l0(t)=I(t−1)l_0(t) = I(t-1)l0​(t)=I(t−1),

rj(t)=max⁡[(1+Ajout)fj(t)−lj(t)1+Ajin, (1−ωj+1in)rj+1(t−1)],(21)–(22)r_j(t) = \max\Big[\frac{(1+A^{out}_j) f_j(t) - l_j(t)}{1+A^{in}_j},\ (1-\omega^{in}_{j+1}) r_{j+1}(t-1)\Big], \qquad (21)\text{–}(22)rj​(t)=max[1+Ajin​(1+Ajout​)fj​(t)−lj​(t)​, (1−ωj+1in​)rj+1​(t−1)],(21)–(22) lj+1(t)=[lj(t)+(1−Ωjin)rj(t)−(1+Ajout)fj(t)]+.(23)l_{j+1}(t) = \big[l_j(t) + (1-\Omega^{in}_j) r_j(t) - (1+A^{out}_j) f_j(t)\big]^+. \qquad (23)lj+1​(t)=[lj​(t)+(1−Ωjin​)rj​(t)−(1+Ajout​)fj​(t)]+.(23)

In Lean: QFParams, Acum, Ωcum, IROut, IRIn, mcStep, run, inv, sched, projInvAt (module Model) and stock, Feasible, RelaxedFeasible, objective, lbar, pStar (module FOLFC).

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 1 (p. 96)

For an MC run from (I(0),r(0))(I(0), r(0))(I(0),r(0)) with r(0)≥0r(0) \ge 0r(0)≥0, against any customer schedules obeying (6), and any convex GGG minimized at zero:

I(t)≥0 (t≥1),(1−ωj+1in)rj+1(t−1)≤rj(t)≤(1+αj+1in)rj+1(t−1) (t≥2, j≥0),I(t) \ge 0 \ (t \ge 1), \qquad (1-\omega^{in}_{j+1}) r_{j+1}(t-1) \le r_j(t) \le (1+\alpha^{in}_{j+1}) r_{j+1}(t-1) \ (t \ge 2,\ j \ge 0),I(t)≥0 (t≥1),(1−ωj+1in​)rj+1​(t−1)≤rj​(t)≤(1+αj+1in​)rj+1​(t−1) (t≥2, j≥0),

and for every t≥2t \ge 2t≥2 the schedule r(t)r(t)r(t), with suitable planned purchases, is feasible for (F-OLFC) at period ttt and attains its minimum.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 1 (p. 108): under (a) I(t−1)≥0I(t-1) \ge 0I(t−1)≥0 and (b) the upside of (6), lj(t)≥lj+1(t−1)l_j(t) \ge l_{j+1}(t-1)lj​(t)≥lj+1​(t−1) for all j≥0j \ge 0j≥0.
  2. (30)–(31) (pp. 107–108): with the upper bounds of (19) and (20) removed, the lot-for-lot purchases r0∗(t+j)=max⁡{(1+Ajout)fj(t)−lˉj(t), (1−Ωj+1in)rj+1(t−1)}r_0^*(t+j) = \max\{(1+A^{out}_j) f_j(t) - \bar l_j(t),\ (1-\Omega^{in}_{j+1}) r_{j+1}(t-1)\}r0∗​(t+j)=max{(1+Ajout​)fj​(t)−lˉj​(t), (1−Ωj+1in​)rj+1​(t−1)} are optimal.
  3. Upper bound of (19) (p. 108): rj(t)≤(1+αj+1in)rj+1(t−1)r_j(t) \le (1+\alpha^{in}_{j+1}) r_{j+1}(t-1)rj​(t)≤(1+αj+1in​)rj+1​(t−1) along the run.

Significance

Proposition 1 is what makes MC a well-defined operating rule for an intermediate firm: whatever the customer does within its contract, the node can serve it from stock and its own revisions stay within the supplier's contract, so the chain of contracts composes. Proposition 2 and the paper's simulation study of how flexibility propagates along a supply chain (§§5–6) both assume the node uses MC, and rely on Proposition 1 for that choice being both feasible and myopically optimal.

The paper's optimality argument is sketched: the relaxed solution is attributed to "a straightforward application of Kuhn–Tucker conditions" with details in an unpublished thesis, the equivalence of (32) with (21)–(23) is omitted, and Lemma 1's proof is replaced by intuition. A machine-checked proof supplies these steps. To our knowledge no part of this paper has been formalized before. The mission also fixes the statement: the printed range of (19) makes the optimality claim false, and the claim needs a start of the run that the paper leaves implicit.

Difficulty

The obvious argument treats (F-OLFC) as a lot-sizing problem with minimum lot sizes and observes that the greedy purchases (30) are optimal. That only solves the relaxation. The difficulty is that MC is not stated through (30): it is a recursion on the replenishment schedule with a positive part in the projected inventory, and one has to show that the MC schedule can carry the greedy purchases within the upper bounds of (19) and (20). Those bounds can bind, and whether they do depends on the previous period's schedule, so the optimality claim is not a one-period statement: it needs an induction over the run, through Lemma 1 and the customer's IR constraints. The admissibility half needs the same induction, with the nonnegativity of the schedules carried along.

Formalization scope

All quantities are real numbers. Parameters are sequences ℕ → ℝ whose index 000 is unused; schedules are infinite sequences, and the MC recursion runs over all jjj. (6) and (7) are written with jjj replaced by j+1j+1j+1. The standing assumptions αq≥0\alpha_q \ge 0αq​≥0, 0≤ωq≤10 \le \omega_q \le 10≤ωq​≤1 (q≥1q \ge 1q≥1) are hypotheses. GGG is any convex function with G(0)≤G(y)G(0) \le G(y)G(0)≤G(y) for all yyy; no strict convexity, differentiability or monotonicity is assumed.

The run starts from an arbitrary state (I(0),r(0))(I(0), r(0))(I(0),r(0)) (run period 000); the MC policy acts from period 111. The following departures from the printed statement are disclosed:

  1. (19) is imposed for j=0,…,hj = 0, \dots, hj=0,…,h, not the printed j=0,…,h−1j = 0, \dots, h-1j=0,…,h−1. With the printed range optimality fails: with all α=ωin=0\alpha = \omega^{in} = 0α=ωin=0, ω1out=1/2\omega^{out}_1 = 1/2ω1out​=1/2, I(0)=0I(0) = 0I(0)=0 and r(0)=f(0)=f(1)≡10r(0) = f(0) = f(1) \equiv 10r(0)=f(0)=f(1)≡10, take f0(2)=5f_0(2) = 5f0​(2)=5 and h=0h = 0h=0. Then (F-OLFC) at t=2t = 2t=2 has optimum r0(2)=5r_0(2) = 5r0​(2)=5 with I(2)=0I(2) = 0I(2)=0, while MC orders r0(2)=r1(1)=10r_0(2) = r_1(1) = 10r0​(2)=r1​(1)=10. With (19) at j=0j = 0j=0, the order r0(2)≥10r_0(2) \ge 10r0​(2)≥10 is forced and MC is optimal. Both (21) and (30) already use rh+1(t−1)r_{h+1}(t-1)rh+1​(t−1).
  2. Input IR and optimality are claimed for t≥2t \ge 2t≥2, coverage for t≥1t \ge 1t≥1. At the first MC period the predecessor schedule is the arbitrary r(0)r(0)r(0) and (7) can fail.
  3. r(0)≥0r(0) \ge 0r(0)≥0 is assumed: with a negative entry the two bounds of (19) cross. Neither I(0)I(0)I(0) nor fff carries a sign hypothesis.

(F-OLFC) ranges over all real schedules and purchases; the only MC-specific object in the goal is the candidate schedule. Optimality is stated as "feasible, and no feasible point has a smaller objective", never as an infimum, so an infeasible program cannot make it vacuous. The MC step is literally (21)–(23), with the carried-over term and the positive part; a run that sets r(t):=f(t)r(t) := f(t)r(t):=f(t) or drops the max is a different policy.

Infrastructure: the model and (F-OLFC) are self-contained over Mathlib (Finset.prod, ConvexOn). Proofs of the three milestones, and of the monotonicity of a convex function minimized at zero on [0,∞)[0, \infty)[0,∞), are welcome as separate contributions.

Selected references

  • A. A. Tsay, W. S. Lovejoy, Quantity flexibility contracts and supply chain performance, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 1(2):89–111, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.1.2.89
  • D. P. Bertsekas, Dynamic Programming and Stochastic Control, Academic Press, 1976 (open-loop feedback control).
  • A. Federgruen, P. Zipkin, An inventory model with limited production capacity and uncertain demands, Mathematics of Operations Research 11(2):193–215, 1986. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.11.2.193
6 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamical SystemsNumerical Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

Differential Variational Inequalities 3: For a Cone K and a Strongly Monotone Composite F, the Time-Stepping Iterates Exist, Are Unique and Are Uniformly BoundedResearch Paper

Motivation

A differential variational inequality (DVI) couples an ordinary differential equation with a finite-dimensional variational inequality whose solution enters the dynamics as a control. Contact mechanics with friction, electrical circuits with diodes, dynamic traffic equilibria, hybrid engineering systems and the continuous-time limits of Nash games all have this form. Pang and Stewart's survey (Math. Program. 113, 2008; author's version hal-01366027) set up a common framework for these models and studied the most direct numerical method: the Euler-type time-stepping scheme, which replaces the time derivative by a difference quotient and solves one static variational inequality per time step.

For the scheme to converge, its iterates must exist and be bounded uniformly as the step hhh goes to zero. Section 7 of the paper proves convergence once such bounds are available (Theorem 7.1). Section 8 supplies them for a class of DVIs in which the algebraic part is not affine: the constraint set is a cone and the VI map is a strongly monotone composite. This mission formalizes that section.

Setting

Fix T>0T>0T>0, θ∈[0,1]\theta\in[0,1]θ∈[0,1] and dimensions n,m,ℓn,m,\elln,m,ℓ. The data are f:[0,T]×Rn→Rnf:[0,T]\times\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R^nf:[0,T]×Rn→Rn, B:[0,T]×Rn→Rn×mB:[0,T]\times\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R^{n\times m}B:[0,T]×Rn→Rn×m, G:[0,T]×Rn→RmG:[0,T]\times\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R^mG:[0,T]×Rn→Rm, a map F:Rm→RmF:\mathbb R^m\to\mathbb R^mF:Rm→Rm and a set K⊆RmK\subseteq\mathbb R^mK⊆Rm. For Φ:Rm→Rm\Phi:\mathbb R^m\to\mathbb R^mΦ:Rm→Rm,

SOL(K,Φ)={u∈K: (u′−u)⊤Φ(u)≥0  ∀u′∈K}.\mathrm{SOL}(K,\Phi)=\{u\in K:\ (u'-u)^\top\Phi(u)\ge0\ \ \forall u'\in K\}.SOL(K,Φ)={u∈K: (u′−u)⊤Φ(u)≥0  ∀u′∈K}.

The initial-value DVI (6.2) is x˙=f(t,x)+B(t,x)u\dot x=f(t,x)+B(t,x)ux˙=f(t,x)+B(t,x)u, u(t)∈SOL(K,G(t,x(t))+F)u(t)\in\mathrm{SOL}(K,G(t,x(t))+F)u(t)∈SOL(K,G(t,x(t))+F), x(0)=x0x(0)=x^0x(0)=x0.

With h=T/Nh=T/Nh=T/N and th,i=iht_{h,i}=ihth,i​=ih, the time-stepping scheme (7.2) starts at xh,0=x0x^{h,0}=x^0xh,0=x0 and computes, for i=0,…,N−1i=0,\dots,N-1i=0,…,N−1,

xh,i+1=xh,i+h[f(th,i+1,θxh,i+(1−θ)xh,i+1)+B(th,i,xh,i)uh,i+1],uh,i+1∈SOL(K,G(th,i+1,xh,i+1)+F).x^{h,i+1}=x^{h,i}+h\big[f(t_{h,i+1},\theta x^{h,i}+(1-\theta)x^{h,i+1})+B(t_{h,i},x^{h,i})u^{h,i+1}\big],\qquad u^{h,i+1}\in\mathrm{SOL}(K,G(t_{h,i+1},x^{h,i+1})+F).xh,i+1=xh,i+h[f(th,i+1​,θxh,i+(1−θ)xh,i+1)+B(th,i​,xh,i)uh,i+1],uh,i+1∈SOL(K,G(th,i+1​,xh,i+1)+F).

The standing assumptions are:

  • (A) fff, BBB, GGG are Lipschitz continuous on [0,T]×Rn[0,T]\times\mathbb R^n[0,T]×Rn; (B) σB=sup⁡∥B(t,x)∥<∞\sigma_B=\sup\|B(t,x)\|<\inftyσB​=sup∥B(t,x)∥<∞;
  • (D) there is ηG>0\eta_G>0ηG​>0 with (u−u′)⊤(G(t,r+B(tref,xref)u)−G(t,r+B(tref,xref)u′))≥ηG∥u−u′∥2(u-u')^\top\big(G(t,r+B(t_{\rm ref},x^{\rm ref})u)-G(t,r+B(t_{\rm ref},x^{\rm ref})u')\big)\ge\eta_G\|u-u'\|^2(u−u′)⊤(G(t,r+B(tref​,xref)u)−G(t,r+B(tref​,xref)u′))≥ηG​∥u−u′∥2 for all r,u,u′,xrefr,u,u',x^{\rm ref}r,u,u′,xref and t,tref∈[0,T]t,t_{\rm ref}\in[0,T]t,tref​∈[0,T];
  • (C′) F=E⊤∘Ψ∘EF=E^\top\circ\Psi\circ EF=E⊤∘Ψ∘E with E∈Rℓ×mE\in\mathbb R^{\ell\times m}E∈Rℓ×m and Ψ\PsiΨ Lipschitz continuous and strongly monotone on ERmE\mathbb R^mERm;
  • (E) if K1K_1K1​, K2K_2K2​ are the orthogonal projections of KKK onto ker⁡E\ker EkerE and (ker⁡E)⊥(\ker E)^\perp(kerE)⊥, then K1⊕K2⊆KK_1\oplus K_2\subseteq KK1​⊕K2​⊆K.

Choosing orthonormal bases ZZZ of ker⁡E\ker EkerE and WWW of (ker⁡E)⊥(\ker E)^\perp(kerE)⊥, the map Υ=(EW)⊤∘Ψ∘(EW)\Upsilon=(EW)^\top\circ\Psi\circ(EW)Υ=(EW)⊤∘Ψ∘(EW) is strongly monotone with some modulus ηΥ\eta_\UpsilonηΥ​ (8.7).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 8.1

Let KKK be a closed convex cone, (A), (B), (D), (C′), Ψ(0)=0\Psi(0)=0Ψ(0)=0 and (E) hold. There is hˉ>0\bar h>0hˉ>0 such that for every x0x^0x0 with SOL(K,G(0,x0)+F)≠∅\mathrm{SOL}(K,G(0,x^0)+F)\neq\emptysetSOL(K,G(0,x0)+F)=∅ and every h∈(0,hˉ]h\in(0,\bar h]h∈(0,hˉ] the scheme has a unique run, and for all small hhh

∥xh,i+1∥≤c0,x+c1,x∥x0∥,∥uh,i+1∥≤c0,u+c1,u∥x0∥,∥Euh,i+1−Euh,i∥≤h c2,u.\|x^{h,i+1}\|\le c_{0,x}+c_{1,x}\|x^0\|,\quad \|u^{h,i+1}\|\le c_{0,u}+c_{1,u}\|x^0\|,\quad \|Eu^{h,i+1}-Eu^{h,i}\|\le h\,c_{2,u}.∥xh,i+1∥≤c0,x​+c1,x​∥x0∥,∥uh,i+1∥≤c0,u​+c1,u​∥x0∥,∥Euh,i+1−Euh,i∥≤hc2,u​.

These are the hypotheses (7.5)–(7.6) of the convergence theorem of §7.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 8.2: under (A)–(D) and the step bound (8.3), one step of the scheme is solvable, uniquely if FFF is monotone on KKK.
  2. Lemma 8.1: (E) is equivalent to an exchange property of the coordinates (μ,λ)=(Z⊤u,W⊤u)(\mu,\lambda)=(Z^\top u,W^\top u)(μ,λ)=(Z⊤u,W⊤u).
  3. Lemma 8.2: for small hhh, q↦E SOL(K,q+Φh+F)q\mapsto E\,\mathrm{SOL}(K,q+\Phi_h+F)q↦ESOL(K,q+Φh​+F) is single-valued and Lipschitz with a constant independent of hhh.
  4. Proposition 8.3: for a cone KKK, the step is uniquely solvable and ∥uh∥\|u^h\|∥uh∥ is bounded by the data.
  5. (8.14): ∥uh,i+1∥≤ω(1+∥xh,i∥+h∥xh,i+1−xh,i∥)\|u^{h,i+1}\|\le\omega(1+\|x^{h,i}\|+h\|x^{h,i+1}-x^{h,i}\|)∥uh,i+1∥≤ω(1+∥xh,i∥+h∥xh,i+1−xh,i∥) with ω\omegaω independent of hhh and x0x^0x0.

A companion item states Proposition 8.1, the derivative form of (D).

Significance

Theorem 8.1 is one of the two routes in the paper to convergence of the time-stepping scheme. The other (Theorem 7.4) needs a linear-growth property of the VI solutions that holds for affine or coercive problems; Theorem 8.1 replaces it by structural assumptions on (K,F,G)(K,F,G)(K,F,G) that cover nonlinear complementarity systems on cones, including the case F≡0F\equiv0F≡0 that yields the initial-value differential complementarity problem (Corollary 8.1). Combined with Theorem 7.1(a), it shows that the Euler trajectories have uniformly convergent subsequences whose limits are weak solutions of the DVI, and so gives existence of weak solutions constructively.

The paper's results are proved on paper but, as far as a search of Mathlib and the platform shows, no part of DVI theory is formalized. The formalization also settles a printed error: the bound (8.10) of Proposition 8.3 carries a factor hhh that its proof does not justify, and the printed statement is false (a one-dimensional counterexample is recorded on the milestone). The milestone states the bound the proof does give; (8.14) and Theorem 8.1 are unaffected.

Difficulty

The obvious argument fails at the multiplier bound. The VI map u↦G(t,x(u))+F(u)u\mapsto G(t,x(u))+F(u)u↦G(t,x(u))+F(u) is strongly monotone, but only with modulus of order hhh, so the solution of each step is bounded only by O(1/h)O(1/h)O(1/h) times the data. This loss is harmless for existence and uniqueness but would destroy the uniform bounds (7.5). Recovering an O(1)O(1)O(1) bound requires separating the components of uuu in ker⁡E\ker EkerE, where FFF is blind and only the order-hhh monotonicity of GGG helps, from the components in (ker⁡E)⊥(\ker E)^\perp(kerE)⊥, where FFF itself is strongly monotone; condition (E) and the cone structure of KKK are what allow the two parts to be tested separately. A second difficulty is that (7.6) needs a Lipschitz bound on E SOLE\,\mathrm{SOL}ESOL with a constant that does not blow up as h→0h\to0h→0.

Formalization scope

  • Rk\mathbb R^kRk is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin k); matrices are continuous linear maps; E⊤E^\topE⊤ is the adjoint; SOL(K,Φ)\mathrm{SOL}(K,\Phi)SOL(K,Φ) is the published definition SolodovSvaiterVI.Alg21.viSol Φ K.
  • The data are functions on R×Rn\mathbb R\times\mathbb R^nR×Rn; only values with t∈[0,T]t\in[0,T]t∈[0,T] enter. (A) uses the metric ∣t−t′∣+∥x−x′∥|t-t'|+\|x-x'\|∣t−t′∣+∥x−x′∥.
  • Step sizes with (Nh+1)h=T(N_h+1)h=T(Nh​+1)h=T are h=T/Nh=T/Nh=T/N; "for h∈(0,hˉ]h\in(0,\bar h]h∈(0,hˉ]" and "for hhh small" are "for N≥NˉN\ge\bar NN≥Nˉ" and "for N≥N1N\ge N_1N≥N1​". G(t0,x0)G(t_0,x^0)G(t0​,x0) is G(0,x0)G(0,x^0)G(0,x0).
  • (E) is defined with orthogonal projections, not with coordinates, so Lemma 8.1 is not a tautology. Step bounds (8.3), (8.8), (8.9) are multiplied out, so a zero denominator imposes no restriction.
  • In Theorem 8.1, uniqueness covers the computed iterates i≥1i\ge1i≥1; uh,0u^{h,0}uh,0 is any element of SOL(K,G(0,x0)+F)\mathrm{SOL}(K,G(0,x^0)+F)SOL(K,G(0,x0)+F). The constants of (7.5) are uniform in x0x^0x0; c2,uc_{2,u}c2,u​ may depend on x0x^0x0, as in the proof.
  • The last sentence of Theorem 8.1 ("Consequently, the conclusion of Theorem 7.1 holds …") is omitted. It follows by combining this theorem with Theorem 7.1(a), which is the goal of the companion mission Differential Variational Inequalities 2.
  • A goal asserting only existence of the iterates, bounds stated for one fixed hhh rather than for all small hhh with constants independent of hhh, or (D) restricted to r=0r=0r=0 would trivialize the result; none of these is the statement here.

The development needs: existence for strongly monotone (coercive) VIs on closed convex sets; the implicit-function argument for the xxx-equation of a step; orthogonal decompositions along ker⁡E\ker EkerE; and discrete Gronwall estimates. The VI existence result and the decomposition lemmas are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone, and of the existence theorem for strongly monotone VIs as a separate theorem, are welcome.

Selected references

  • J.-S. Pang and D. E. Stewart, Differential variational inequalities, Mathematical Programming 113(2), 2008, 345–424. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-006-0052-x (author's version: https://hal.science/hal-01366027v1)
  • F. Facchinei and J.-S. Pang, Finite-Dimensional Variational Inequalities and Complementarity Problems, Springer, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1007/b97543
  • M. V. Solodov and B. F. Svaiter, A new projection method for variational inequality problems, SIAM J. Control Optim. 37(3), 1999, 765–776. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0363012997317475
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Number TheoryNumerical Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

Nonsmooth Optimization via Quasi-Newton Methods III: The Secant Method on |x| Generates the Alternating Binary Expansion of x₀Research Paper

Motivation

Quasi-Newton methods such as BFGS were designed for smooth objectives, yet in practice they are routinely run on nonsmooth functions and they often work well there: on many nonsmooth problems the iterates converge to a minimizer at a linear rate, measured against the total number of function evaluations. Lewis and Overton (Math. Program. 141 (2013) 135–163) set out to explain this behaviour. Almost nothing about it is proved, so they analyse the simplest cases in detail.

The very simplest case is the subject of this mission: minimizing the absolute value f(x)=∣x∣f(x)=|x|f(x)=∣x∣ on the real line. In dimension one the quasi-Newton update is completely determined by the secant equation, so the method is the classical secant method, combined with a bisection-type Armijo–Wolfe line search. Even here the behaviour is far from obvious. Steepest descent on ∣x∣|x|∣x∣ needs about (log⁡2(1/ϵ))2/2(\log_2(1/\epsilon))^2/2(log2​(1/ϵ))2/2 function trials to reach accuracy ϵ\epsilonϵ, because the closer the iterate is to zero, the more bisections its fixed-size step needs. The secant method needs only about log⁡2(1/ϵ)\log_2(1/\epsilon)log2​(1/ϵ), the cost of bisection. Lewis and Overton show that the iterates of the secant method trace out an expansion of the starting point as an alternating sum of powers of two, which accounts exactly for the number of trials.

Setting

The objective is f(x)=∣x∣f(x)=|x|f(x)=∣x∣ on R\mathbb RR, with gradient sgn⁡(x)\operatorname{sgn}(x)sgn(x) at every x≠0x\ne0x=0.

The line search (Algorithm 4.6, p. 147). Given two tests on steps t>0t>0t>0, an Armijo test AAA and a Wolfe test WWW, the line search starts with α=0\alpha=0α=0, β=+∞\beta=+\inftyβ=+∞ and t=1t=1t=1. Each trial examines the current ttt. If A(t)A(t)A(t) fails, it sets β←t\beta\leftarrow tβ←t. Otherwise, if W(t)W(t)W(t) fails, it sets α←t\alpha\leftarrow tα←t. Otherwise it stops and returns ttt. The next trial step is (α+β)/2(\alpha+\beta)/2(α+β)/2 when β<+∞\beta<+\inftyβ<+∞ and 2α2\alpha2α otherwise. So the line search doubles until the step is bracketed, then bisects.

The tests of §5.1. At an iterate xkx_kxk​ with direction pkp_kpk​ (where pkxk<0p_kx_k<0pk​xk​<0), take the line search objective h(t)=∣xk+tpk∣−∣xk∣h(t)=|x_k+tp_k|-|x_k|h(t)=∣xk​+tpk​∣−∣xk​∣, the Armijo parameter c1=0c_1=0c1​=0, and replace the differentiability check by a termination rule. The conditions become

A(t): t<−2xkpk,W(t): t≥−xkpk.A(t):\ t<-\frac{2x_k}{p_k},\qquad W(t):\ t\ge-\frac{x_k}{p_k}.A(t): t<−pk​2xk​​,W(t): t≥−pk​xk​​.

The secant method. Start at x0x_0x0​ with H0=1H_0=1H0​=1. At step kkk set pk=−Hksgn⁡(xk)p_k=-H_k\operatorname{sgn}(x_k)pk​=−Hk​sgn(xk​), let tkt_ktk​ be the step returned by the line search, and put xk+1=xk+tkpkx_{k+1}=x_k+t_kp_kxk+1​=xk​+tk​pk​. If xk+1=0x_{k+1}=0xk+1​=0 the method terminates at the minimizer. Otherwise Hk+1H_{k+1}Hk+1​ is the solution of the secant equation Hk+1yk=tkpkH_{k+1}y_k=t_kp_kHk+1​yk​=tk​pk​ with yk=sgn⁡(xk+1)−sgn⁡(xk)y_k=\operatorname{sgn}(x_{k+1})-\operatorname{sgn}(x_k)yk​=sgn(xk+1​)−sgn(xk​). The kkk-th line search takes NkN_kNk​ trials. The trial points z0,z1,…z_0,z_1,\dotsz0​,z1​,… of all line searches, listed in order, give the function trial values ∣zj∣|z_j|∣zj​∣.

Alternating binary expansions. For x>0x>0x>0, an alternating binary expansion is a length m∈{0,1,2,… }∪{∞}m\in\{0,1,2,\dots\}\cup\{\infty\}m∈{0,1,2,…}∪{∞} and integers a0<a1<⋯a_0<a_1<\cdotsa0​<a1​<⋯ (with m+1m+1m+1 terms when m<∞m<\inftym<∞) such that

x=∑j=0m(−1)j2−aj.x=\sum_{j=0}^{m}(-1)^j2^{-a_j}.x=j=0∑m​(−1)j2−aj​.

It is canonical if either m∈{0,∞}m\in\{0,\infty\}m∈{0,∞} or its last gap satisfies am≥am−1+2a_m\ge a_{m-1}+2am​≥am−1​+2.

Rates (p. 141). A sequence τk→μ\tau_k\to\muτk​→μ is Q-linear with rate rrr if ∣τk+1−μ∣/∣τk−μ∣→r|\tau_{k+1}-\mu|/|\tau_k-\mu|\to r∣τk+1​−μ∣/∣τk​−μ∣→r. A sequence υk\upsilon_kυk​ is R-linear with rate rrr if ∣υk−μ∣≤∣τk−μ∣|\upsilon_k-\mu|\le|\tau_k-\mu|∣υk​−μ∣≤∣τk​−μ∣ for all kkk, for some τ\tauτ converging to μ\muμ Q-linearly with rate rrr.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.2, secant part (pp. 152–153)

Let x0>0x_0>0x0​>0 have the canonical expansion x0=∑j=0m(−1)j2−ajx_0=\sum_{j=0}^m(-1)^j2^{-a_j}x0​=∑j=0m​(−1)j2−aj​. Then the secant method from x0x_0x0​ with H0=1H_0=1H0​=1 satisfies

xk=∑j=km(−1)j2−aj(0≤k≤m),N0=1+∣a0∣,Nk=ak−ak−1 (1≤k<m).x_k=\sum_{j=k}^{m}(-1)^j2^{-a_j}\quad(0\le k\le m),\qquad N_0=1+|a_0|,\qquad N_k=a_k-a_{k-1}\ (1\le k<m).xk​=j=k∑m​(−1)j2−aj​(0≤k≤m),N0​=1+∣a0​∣,Nk​=ak​−ak−1​ (1≤k<m).

If m<∞m<\inftym<∞, the method terminates at zero after finitely many trials. If m=∞m=\inftym=∞, the function trial values ∣zj∣|z_j|∣zj​∣ converge to 000 R-linearly with rate 12\tfrac1221​. All four conclusions are exact: the iterates are equal to the tails of the expansion, and the trial counts are equalities.

Milestones

  1. §5.1, pp. 151–152. The tests AAA and WWW give ∣xk+1∣<∣xk∣|x_{k+1}|<|x_k|∣xk+1​∣<∣xk​∣ and xkxk+1<0x_kx_{k+1}<0xk​xk+1​<0 whenever xk≠0≠xk+1x_k\ne0\ne x_{k+1}xk​=0=xk+1​.
  2. §5.1, p. 152. For any H0>0H_0>0H0​>0: Hk+1=∣xk+1−xk∣/2H_{k+1}=|x_{k+1}-x_k|/2Hk+1​=∣xk+1​−xk​∣/2 and pk+1=−∣xk+1−xk∣2sgn⁡(xk+1)p_{k+1}=-\tfrac{|x_{k+1}-x_k|}{2}\operatorname{sgn}(x_{k+1})pk+1​=−2∣xk+1​−xk​∣​sgn(xk+1​), and the iterates alternate in sign.
  3. Theorem 5.2, first sentence. Every x>0x>0x>0 has a canonical alternating binary expansion, and it is unique.
  4. §5.1, p. 153. The worked example x0=4/7x_0=4/7x0​=4/7: x2j=4/(7⋅8j)x_{2j}=4/(7\cdot8^j)x2j​=4/(7⋅8j), x2j+1=−3/(7⋅8j)x_{2j+1}=-3/(7\cdot8^j)x2j+1​=−3/(7⋅8j), with trial counts 1,1,2,1,2,…1,1,2,1,2,\dots1,1,2,1,2,….

Significance

The theorem gives a complete description of a quasi-Newton method on a nonsmooth function, in the one setting where the description is exact. It identifies each iterate, counts every function evaluation, and decides termination. Two things follow. After aka_kak​ trials the error is below 2−ak2^{-a_k}2−ak​, so accuracy ϵ\epsilonϵ costs about log⁡2(1/ϵ)\log_2(1/\epsilon)log2​(1/ϵ) trials, compared with the quadratic count for steepest descent. The analysis also shows that choosing the Armijo parameter c1=0c_1=0c1​=0 is harmless for ∣x∣|x|∣x∣, which the paper contrasts with the tilted function max⁡{x,−ux}\max\{x,-ux\}max{x,−ux}. The R-linear rate 12\tfrac1221​ of all trial values is the one-dimensional instance of the rates the paper observes numerically for BFGS on the Euclidean norm in higher dimensions (§5.2). Those rates remain unexplained.

The result is proved on paper: in Lewis–Overton, with the detailed analysis attributed to the companion report [31]. To our knowledge none of it has been formalized. This mission produces a machine-checked account of an algorithm as executed: a bisection line search counted trial by trial, a secant update, and the number-theoretic fact that this process computes an alternating binary expansion. It also states and fixes the two places where the printed text is inaccurate (see Formalization scope).

Difficulty

The first line search is easy to analyse directly: with p0=−1p_0=-1p0​=−1 it returns the unique power of two in [x0,2x0)[x_0,2x_0)[x0​,2x0​). The difficulty starts with the second. The step returned by Algorithm 4.6 depends on the whole bisection history, and the new direction depends on the previous step through the secant update. The statement therefore has to be proved by an induction that carries an exact invariant. That invariant ties xkx_kxk​, pkp_kpk​ and the line-search bracket to the tail of the expansion, and the trial count to the gap ak−ak−1a_k-a_{k-1}ak​−ak−1​.

A natural first attempt is to describe each line search as "returns the power of two in the Armijo–Wolfe interval". That does not determine the trial count: the count depends on where the bisection starts and in which order it halves, and it uses the specific directions pkp_kpk​. The R-linear statement adds a further layer. Trial values inside one line search are not monotone, so the dominating Q-linear sequence has to be built over the global trial index, across line searches of different lengths.

The uniqueness half is elementary but needs care. Without canonicity it is false, and a finite expansion has to be told apart from an infinite one.

Formalization scope

  • Line search as executed. Algorithm 4.6 is the iteration itself, on states (α,β,t)(\alpha,\beta,t)(α,β,t) with β∈\beta\inβ∈ WithTop ℝ. A trial count is the index of the first trial passing both tests, plus one. Every statement about trial counts also asserts that the line search terminates, so the junk value of an empty stopping set cannot be used. The step tkt_ktk​ is not defined as a closed form: that is what the theorem proves.
  • The run. The secant run is a recursion on (xk,Hk)(x_k,H_k)(xk​,Hk​), frozen once xk=0x_k=0xk​=0. The division defining Hk+1H_{k+1}Hk+1​ is meaningful only when sgn⁡xk+1≠sgn⁡xk\operatorname{sgn}x_{k+1}\ne\operatorname{sgn}x_ksgnxk+1​=sgnxk​, which milestone 1 guarantees. The function trial values are ∣zj∣|z_j|∣zj​∣ for the trial points of all line searches in order, without ∣x0∣|x_0|∣x0​∣; adding it does not affect R-linear convergence.
  • Expansions. The length is m∈m\inm∈ ℕ∞, the exponents are a : ℕ → ℤ (negative when x0>1x_0>1x0​>1), and the powers 2−aj2^{-a_j}2−aj​ are integer powers. The series is a HasSum whose terms beyond mmm vanish. Indices start at 000, as printed.
  • Rates. Q-linear convergence requires the ratio to be defined (τk≠μ\tau_k\ne\muτk​=μ for all kkk). R-linear convergence is exactly the p. 141 definition, domination by a Q-linear sequence, not a bound C2−jC2^{-j}C2−j.
  • Corrections to the printed text. (i) Uniqueness of the expansion is false as printed: 1=20=21−201=2^0=2^1-2^01=20=21−20. Every statement uses canonical expansions, which are unique and are the ones the method follows. (ii) "Arbitrary x0x_0x0​" becomes x0>0x_0>0x0​>0, since the expansion is defined only for positive numbers; x0<0x_0<0x0​<0 is the mirror image. (iii) "For all k<mk<mk<m" in the trial count is read as 1≤k<m1\le k<m1≤k<m, because k=0k=0k=0 is the separate clause 1+∣a0∣1+|a_0|1+∣a0​∣. (iv) In the 4/74/74/7 example the printed pattern swaps the one-trial and two-trial line searches, contradicting the preceding sentence and Theorem 5.2; the milestone states the corrected counts N2j=2N_{2j}=2N2j​=2, N2j+1=1N_{2j+1}=1N2j+1​=1 (j≥1j\ge1j≥1).
  • No trivial reading. The hypotheses are satisfiable for every x0>0x_0>0x0​>0 (milestone 3), and the conclusions are equalities about the algorithm's own iterates and trial counts. A formalization in which the line search returns its own answer by definition, or in which the iterates are only bounded, would not prove the theorem.

The development needs only Mathlib's real analysis, tsum/HasSum and filters. The expansion definitions and the R-linear predicate can be reused for other rate statements. Contributions are welcome on the line-search invariant, the trial-count lemmas, and the existence and uniqueness of the canonical expansion.

Selected references

  • A. S. Lewis, M. L. Overton, Nonsmooth optimization via quasi-Newton methods, Mathematical Programming Ser. A 141 (2013) 135–163. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-012-0514-2
  • A. S. Lewis, M. L. Overton, Nonsmooth optimization via BFGS, technical report (reference [31] of the paper, the detailed analysis of the secant method on ∣x∣|x|∣x∣), 2008. http://www.cs.nyu.edu/overton/papers/pdffiles/bfgs_inexactLS.pdf (URL as printed in the paper)
  • J. Nocedal, S. J. Wright, Numerical Optimization, 2nd ed., Springer, 2006 (secant equation, Armijo–Wolfe conditions). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-0-387-40065-5
7 thms1 active userReviewed
PreviousPage 65 of 72Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me